artresearch.com.au

The Scheding Index of Australian Art & Artists

Search or browse the Index to locate biographical information
on Australian artists more details»


Showing 158,397 records of 158,397 total. We are displaying one thousand.

First | Previous | Record 151,001 – 152,000 of 158,397 | Next | Last

von Guerard Eugene work discussedview full entry
Reference: see Reading the Rooms - Behind the paintings of the State Library of NSW, edited by Rachel Franks, Richard Neville, with 50 contributers (their biographies are included). Extensively illustrated. Includes biographical information on artists. With bibliography, index, and a list of 318 works with thumbnail illustrations.
‘The incredible painting collection of the State Library of New South Wales is documented for the first time.
The State Library of New South Wales holds an unrivalled collection of oil paintings. Unlike an art gallery where the focus is usually on aesthetic excellence, the rationale behind the Library’s collecting is broad and often eclectic. It features works from artists such as Conrad Martens and John Glover, and others of variable quality, execution and skill, with a range of formats and diversity of subjects that tell us much about Australia.
Reading the Rooms reveals this little-known — but rich and highly significant — collection. It delivers a fascinating and authoritative account of hundreds of paintings, and a compelling argument for their importance.’
Publishing details: New South, 2023, Hardback, 360pp
Wakelin Roland work discussedview full entry
Reference: see Reading the Rooms - Behind the paintings of the State Library of NSW, edited by Rachel Franks, Richard Neville, with 50 contributers (their biographies are included). Extensively illustrated. Includes biographical information on artists. With bibliography, index, and a list of 318 works with thumbnail illustrations.
‘The incredible painting collection of the State Library of New South Wales is documented for the first time.
The State Library of New South Wales holds an unrivalled collection of oil paintings. Unlike an art gallery where the focus is usually on aesthetic excellence, the rationale behind the Library’s collecting is broad and often eclectic. It features works from artists such as Conrad Martens and John Glover, and others of variable quality, execution and skill, with a range of formats and diversity of subjects that tell us much about Australia.
Reading the Rooms reveals this little-known — but rich and highly significant — collection. It delivers a fascinating and authoritative account of hundreds of paintings, and a compelling argument for their importance.’
Publishing details: New South, 2023, Hardback, 360pp
Watkins John Samuel work discussedview full entry
Reference: see Reading the Rooms - Behind the paintings of the State Library of NSW, edited by Rachel Franks, Richard Neville, with 50 contributers (their biographies are included). Extensively illustrated. Includes biographical information on artists. With bibliography, index, and a list of 318 works with thumbnail illustrations.
‘The incredible painting collection of the State Library of New South Wales is documented for the first time.
The State Library of New South Wales holds an unrivalled collection of oil paintings. Unlike an art gallery where the focus is usually on aesthetic excellence, the rationale behind the Library’s collecting is broad and often eclectic. It features works from artists such as Conrad Martens and John Glover, and others of variable quality, execution and skill, with a range of formats and diversity of subjects that tell us much about Australia.
Reading the Rooms reveals this little-known — but rich and highly significant — collection. It delivers a fascinating and authoritative account of hundreds of paintings, and a compelling argument for their importance.’
Publishing details: New South, 2023, Hardback, 360pp
Wheatley Francis portrait of Arthur Phillip discussedview full entry
Reference: see Reading the Rooms - Behind the paintings of the State Library of NSW, edited by Rachel Franks, Richard Neville, with 50 contributers (their biographies are included). Extensively illustrated. Includes biographical information on artists. With bibliography, index, and a list of 318 works with thumbnail illustrations.
‘The incredible painting collection of the State Library of New South Wales is documented for the first time.
The State Library of New South Wales holds an unrivalled collection of oil paintings. Unlike an art gallery where the focus is usually on aesthetic excellence, the rationale behind the Library’s collecting is broad and often eclectic. It features works from artists such as Conrad Martens and John Glover, and others of variable quality, execution and skill, with a range of formats and diversity of subjects that tell us much about Australia.
Reading the Rooms reveals this little-known — but rich and highly significant — collection. It delivers a fascinating and authoritative account of hundreds of paintings, and a compelling argument for their importance.’
Publishing details: New South, 2023, Hardback, 360pp
Wickham George work discussedview full entry
Reference: see Reading the Rooms - Behind the paintings of the State Library of NSW, edited by Rachel Franks, Richard Neville, with 50 contributers (their biographies are included). Extensively illustrated. Includes biographical information on artists. With bibliography, index, and a list of 318 works with thumbnail illustrations.
‘The incredible painting collection of the State Library of New South Wales is documented for the first time.
The State Library of New South Wales holds an unrivalled collection of oil paintings. Unlike an art gallery where the focus is usually on aesthetic excellence, the rationale behind the Library’s collecting is broad and often eclectic. It features works from artists such as Conrad Martens and John Glover, and others of variable quality, execution and skill, with a range of formats and diversity of subjects that tell us much about Australia.
Reading the Rooms reveals this little-known — but rich and highly significant — collection. It delivers a fascinating and authoritative account of hundreds of paintings, and a compelling argument for their importance.’
Publishing details: New South, 2023, Hardback, 360pp
Wilshire William Pitt work discussedview full entry
Reference: see Reading the Rooms - Behind the paintings of the State Library of NSW, edited by Rachel Franks, Richard Neville, with 50 contributers (their biographies are included). Extensively illustrated. Includes biographical information on artists. With bibliography, index, and a list of 318 works with thumbnail illustrations.
‘The incredible painting collection of the State Library of New South Wales is documented for the first time.
The State Library of New South Wales holds an unrivalled collection of oil paintings. Unlike an art gallery where the focus is usually on aesthetic excellence, the rationale behind the Library’s collecting is broad and often eclectic. It features works from artists such as Conrad Martens and John Glover, and others of variable quality, execution and skill, with a range of formats and diversity of subjects that tell us much about Australia.
Reading the Rooms reveals this little-known — but rich and highly significant — collection. It delivers a fascinating and authoritative account of hundreds of paintings, and a compelling argument for their importance.’
Publishing details: New South, 2023, Hardback, 360pp
Wolfe Edward H work discussedview full entry
Reference: see Reading the Rooms - Behind the paintings of the State Library of NSW, edited by Rachel Franks, Richard Neville, with 50 contributers (their biographies are included). Extensively illustrated. Includes biographical information on artists. With bibliography, index, and a list of 318 works with thumbnail illustrations.
‘The incredible painting collection of the State Library of New South Wales is documented for the first time.
The State Library of New South Wales holds an unrivalled collection of oil paintings. Unlike an art gallery where the focus is usually on aesthetic excellence, the rationale behind the Library’s collecting is broad and often eclectic. It features works from artists such as Conrad Martens and John Glover, and others of variable quality, execution and skill, with a range of formats and diversity of subjects that tell us much about Australia.
Reading the Rooms reveals this little-known — but rich and highly significant — collection. It delivers a fascinating and authoritative account of hundreds of paintings, and a compelling argument for their importance.’
Publishing details: New South, 2023, Hardback, 360pp
Wolinski Joseph work discussedview full entry
Reference: see Reading the Rooms - Behind the paintings of the State Library of NSW, edited by Rachel Franks, Richard Neville, with 50 contributers (their biographies are included). Extensively illustrated. Includes biographical information on artists. With bibliography, index, and a list of 318 works with thumbnail illustrations.
‘The incredible painting collection of the State Library of New South Wales is documented for the first time.
The State Library of New South Wales holds an unrivalled collection of oil paintings. Unlike an art gallery where the focus is usually on aesthetic excellence, the rationale behind the Library’s collecting is broad and often eclectic. It features works from artists such as Conrad Martens and John Glover, and others of variable quality, execution and skill, with a range of formats and diversity of subjects that tell us much about Australia.
Reading the Rooms reveals this little-known — but rich and highly significant — collection. It delivers a fascinating and authoritative account of hundreds of paintings, and a compelling argument for their importance.’
Publishing details: New South, 2023, Hardback, 360pp
Youqua work discussedview full entry
Reference: see Reading the Rooms - Behind the paintings of the State Library of NSW, edited by Rachel Franks, Richard Neville, with 50 contributers (their biographies are included). Extensively illustrated. Includes biographical information on artists. With bibliography, index, and a list of 318 works with thumbnail illustrations.
‘The incredible painting collection of the State Library of New South Wales is documented for the first time.
The State Library of New South Wales holds an unrivalled collection of oil paintings. Unlike an art gallery where the focus is usually on aesthetic excellence, the rationale behind the Library’s collecting is broad and often eclectic. It features works from artists such as Conrad Martens and John Glover, and others of variable quality, execution and skill, with a range of formats and diversity of subjects that tell us much about Australia.
Reading the Rooms reveals this little-known — but rich and highly significant — collection. It delivers a fascinating and authoritative account of hundreds of paintings, and a compelling argument for their importance.’
Publishing details: New South, 2023, Hardback, 360pp
Walker John Rview full entry
Reference: John R. Walker exhibition at Orange Regional Gallery, 2023
Publishing details: Orange Regional Gallery, 2023 [catalogue details to be entered]
Ref: 1000
Walker John Rview full entry
Reference: see Sydney Morning Herald, review of John R. Walker exhibition at Orange Regional Gallery, 2023, by John McDonald, Spectrum, page 6-7
Publishing details: Sydney Morning Herald, 2 December, 2023
Borland Pollyview full entry
Reference: Sydney Morning Herald
Feint Adrianview full entry
Reference: Bookplates by Adrian Feint. With an Introduction by the Honourable John Lane Mullins MA MLC.
Publishing details: Published by Palmtree Press, Sydney, 1928, edition limited to 125
Ref: 1009
Feint Adrianview full entry
Reference: The Australian Ex Libris Society. Bookplate Artists Number One. Adrian Feint
Publishing details: Published by The Australian Ex Libris Society (printed at The Beacon Press), Sydney, 1934. Large octavo, [40] pages with 19 tipped-in bookplates (including 6 in monochrome and 5 with two or more colours, with the one for Frank E. Lane extensively hand-coloured). Cord-bound overlapping green-pictorial card covers with wide French flaps; pictorial title-label (almost certainly a woodcut design by Feint) mounted on the front cover
Ref: 1009
Friend Donaldview full entry
Reference: see Saleroom article, AUSTRALIAN FINANCIAL REVIEW, By Terry Ingram, on 02-Sep-2013:
A more pleasant Australian introduction to Bali is expected to be met with at the Paddington Town Hall, Sydney on October 27 when 350 plus lots associated with one of Strasser's Australian colleagues goes under the hammer.
Fifty of the paintings in this sale will not have to appeal to the arbitrageur willing to re-offer them outside Australia for them to find their full value.
Deutscher + Hackett is offering paintings, sculpture, textiles and krises on behalf of the 83 year old Attilio Guarracino.
Attilio was the love of Donald Friend's life and 50 paintings by the artist acquired during this friendship will be the focus of the sale.
Attilio was an island boy of 19 when he met Australian artist, Donald Friend. Their relationship took many forms over the years until Friend's death in 1989 and suggests a longstanding bromance.
More than a dozen of those years were spent in Bali, where Donald Friend lived like a rajah.
Strasser Rolandview full entry
Reference: see Saleroom article, AUSTRALIAN FINANCIAL REVIEW, By Terry Ingram, on 02-Sep-2013:
Cockfighter by Roland Strasser (1895-1974) failed to put up much of a fight when the oil on canvas was knocked down for $15,000 plus premium (25 per cent) or half the lower estimate at a Lawson's regular weekly Thursday antique, jewellery and art auction on August 28.
The oil on canvas was bought by art trader Mr Andrew Crawford and is expected to re-appear at a Singapore auction.
The painting's  brutal subject matter, only intimated in the bloodless work, is likely to be better appreciated in lands where this “sport” (cockfighting) has been better accepted than in Australia.
The chief executive of Lawson's, Mr Martin Farrah, said the work sold for a lot more than the consignors believed it to be worth.

Ryckmans Pierreview full entry
Reference: The Two Acrobats, illustrated by Pierre Ryckmans, written by Jeanne Ryckmans.
This is a charming, tightrope-walking tale for people big and small, in which we encounter friendship, the circus and the President of France. Poor Basil - he really shouldn't have eaten those snails . . . Frederick & Basil were the best of friends . . . This is a charming, tightrope-walking tale for people big and small, in which we encounter friendship, the circus and the President of France. Poor Basil - he really shouldn't have eaten those snails . . . 'An enchanting tale from a gorgeous - and heartwarming - collaboration, as daughter and father weave magic together. ' Jackie French, Children's Laureate 'A little story of immense charm that will cause gurglings of delight.' Theodore Dalrymple 'When one of the world's greatest writers devoted some leisure time to illustrating a children's book written by his daughter, they came up with a masterpiece.' Bill Leak 'Lions, elephants, bears and a snail-applause for a very tall story!' MurrayBail
Publishing details: Black Ink, 2015, 32pp
Ref: 1000
Palmer Ethleenview full entry
Reference: see Day Galleries, Gallery Selection 1860-1960. Online Exhibition December, 2023.

Day Gallery is proud to present a selection of Australian paintings and prints, from 1860 to 1960.
This collection is a representation of our gallery’s interest in the history of Australian Art. We hope that you enjoy it.
Featuring a collection of serigraphs by printmaker Ethleen Palmer:
Ethleen Palmer (1906-1958) known as the ‘Australian Hokusai’ was one of the first Australian women to make a living from her printmaking.
Her printed works are represented in most Australian Public Galleries and have been largely undervalued by collectors in the past decades. She is now beginning to gain the recognition that her contemporaries such as Margaret Preston, Evelyn Syme and Thea Proctor have enjoyed for years. The following works are a representation of her works over a 15 year period between 1935- 1950. 18 works listed and illustrated.
Publishing details: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/5ccc16a2f8135a3129ad6904/t/656da7a12484ed5ba7c5dca3/1701685193555/DAY_GALLERY_SELECTION_1860_1960_4.pdf
Parsons Elizabeth 1831-1897view full entry
Reference: see Day Galleries, Gallery Selection 1860-1960. Online Exhibition December, 2023.
Elizabeth Parsons (1831-1897)
Parsons was first woman to be elected to the council of Victorian Academy of Arts. Her topographical works in watercolour received praise by her contemporaries, and today stand as important visual records of areas in Victoria that have undergone major change.
Elizabeth Parsons (St Kilda) 1885
(St Kilda- Albert Park ) 1885

Watercolour on paper

18.5 x 30 cm

Signed dated lower left

Good overall condition, a vertical discolouration mark through the right hand side is visible.



Elizabeth Parsons was living in St Kilda in 1885 when this work was completed. She was know to have been an artists who painted scenes from life.
We believe that the work depicts the Former Uniting Church tower in the background alongside Port Philip Bay in the back ground.
Publishing details: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/5ccc16a2f8135a3129ad6904/t/656da7a12484ed5ba7c5dca3/1701685193555/DAY_GALLERY_SELECTION_1860_1960_4.pdf
Roper Edward 1854-1909view full entry
Reference: see Day Galleries, Gallery Selection 1860-1960. Online Exhibition December, 2023.
Edward Roper (1854-1909) A Mia Mia Victoria (Dunkeld) 1884
(Djab Warrung people)
An important painting depicting the Djab Wurrung people of the Southern Grampians (Dunkeld) and their shelters.
Oil on canvas
35 x 45 cm
Signed and dated lower right

Publishing details: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/5ccc16a2f8135a3129ad6904/t/656da7a12484ed5ba7c5dca3/1701685193555/DAY_GALLERY_SELECTION_1860_1960_4.pdf
Newton Helmutview full entry
Reference: Pages from the Glossies, Facsimiles 1956 - 1998. Edited by June Newton and Walter Keller.
Publishing details: Zurich. Scalo. 1998. Folio. Or.bds. Dustjacket. 543pp. Dustjacket. Profusely illustrated in colour and black & white.
Ref: 1000
Outhwaite Ida Rentoul illustratorview full entry
Reference: The Australian Wonder Book. Contains: “The Little Black Princess” by Mrs.Aeneas Gunn - “The Other Side of Nowhere” by Tarella Quin Daskein, illus. by Ida Rentoul Outhwaite - “The Prince of the Totem” by Tarlton Rayment - “Winks” by J.Hall.
Publishing details: Melb. Home Entertainment Library. 1935. 4to. Or.qt.cl. & Col.ill.bds. 351pp. Many b/w ills.
Ref: 1000
Connor Kevinview full entry
Reference: Kevin Connor by Barry Pearce
Publishing details: Crafstman House, 1989, 150pp, 4to. Or.cl. Dustjacket
Outside Inview full entry
Reference: Outside In. Research Engagements with Arnhem Land Art. Exhibition Catalogue. ANU Drill Hall Gallery 30 August - 7 October 2001.
Publishing details: Canberra. ANU. 2001 Oblong 4to. Col.Ill.wrapps. e36pp. Colour illustrations.
Ref: 1000
Tanner Howardview full entry
Reference: see Tanner Howard (ed) - Architects of Australia, edited by Howard Tanner
Publishing details: Macmillan, 1981, hc, dw, 143pp
Cooper William Tview full entry
Reference: Bird Art of William T Cooper, by Wendy Cooper.
Publishing details: National Library of Australia, 2023, hardback, 356pp
Ref: 1000
Oasis in the Wildernessview full entry
Reference: An Oasis in the Wilderness: The Foundation Years of the Sydney Mechanics’ School of Arts. By Lesley Scanlon.
Hailed in the mid-nineteenth century as "an oasis in the wilderness", the Sydney Mechanics' School of Arts was founded in 1833 to "diffuse scientific and other useful knowledge" to the skilled workingmen of the fledgling European settlement of Sydney. Established in emulation of the burgeoning mechanics' movement in Britain, the founders of this school viewed knowledge as a kind of alchemy (read more)

Dr Lesley Scanlon is a practitioner, researcher, and author in adult education. As a practitioner Lesley has worked in schools, the British Council, Hong Kong, Technical and Further Education, Newcastle University, the University of Technology and Sydney University. She has worked across a range of disciplines teaching and lecturing in the fields of sociology, anthropology, research methodologies, history, and Mandarin. Her eclectic interests culminated in her work as a senior lecturer in teacher education at the University of Sydney, where she continues to hold an honorary position. She has published books on a range of educational issues, written articles for peer-reviewed journals and presented at national and international conferences. Lesley brings a narrative turn to her research, drawing on historical and sociological methodologies to highlight the role of the individual embedded within multiple contexts.
Publishing details: Woodslane, 2023, 144pp
Ref: 1000
Sydney Mechanics School of Artview full entry
Reference: see An Oasis in the Wilderness: The Foundation Years of the Sydney Mechanics’ School of Arts. By Lesley Scanlon.
Hailed in the mid-nineteenth century as "an oasis in the wilderness", the Sydney Mechanics' School of Arts was founded in 1833 to "diffuse scientific and other useful knowledge" to the skilled workingmen of the fledgling European settlement of Sydney. Established in emulation of the burgeoning mechanics' movement in Britain, the founders of this school viewed knowledge as a kind of alchemy (read more)

Dr Lesley Scanlon is a practitioner, researcher, and author in adult education. As a practitioner Lesley has worked in schools, the British Council, Hong Kong, Technical and Further Education, Newcastle University, the University of Technology and Sydney University. She has worked across a range of disciplines teaching and lecturing in the fields of sociology, anthropology, research methodologies, history, and Mandarin. Her eclectic interests culminated in her work as a senior lecturer in teacher education at the University of Sydney, where she continues to hold an honorary position. She has published books on a range of educational issues, written articles for peer-reviewed journals and presented at national and international conferences. Lesley brings a narrative turn to her research, drawing on historical and sociological methodologies to highlight the role of the individual embedded within multiple contexts.
Publishing details: Woodslane, 2023, 144pp
Mechanics School of Art - Sydney view full entry
Reference: see An Oasis in the Wilderness: The Foundation Years of the Sydney Mechanics’ School of Arts. By Lesley Scanlon.
Hailed in the mid-nineteenth century as "an oasis in the wilderness", the Sydney Mechanics' School of Arts was founded in 1833 to "diffuse scientific and other useful knowledge" to the skilled workingmen of the fledgling European settlement of Sydney. Established in emulation of the burgeoning mechanics' movement in Britain, the founders of this school viewed knowledge as a kind of alchemy (read more)

Dr Lesley Scanlon is a practitioner, researcher, and author in adult education. As a practitioner Lesley has worked in schools, the British Council, Hong Kong, Technical and Further Education, Newcastle University, the University of Technology and Sydney University. She has worked across a range of disciplines teaching and lecturing in the fields of sociology, anthropology, research methodologies, history, and Mandarin. Her eclectic interests culminated in her work as a senior lecturer in teacher education at the University of Sydney, where she continues to hold an honorary position. She has published books on a range of educational issues, written articles for peer-reviewed journals and presented at national and international conferences. Lesley brings a narrative turn to her research, drawing on historical and sociological methodologies to highlight the role of the individual embedded within multiple contexts.
Publishing details: Woodslane, 2023, 144pp
School of Art - Mechanics School of Art, Sydney view full entry
Reference: see An Oasis in the Wilderness: The Foundation Years of the Sydney Mechanics’ School of Arts. By Lesley Scanlon.
Hailed in the mid-nineteenth century as "an oasis in the wilderness", the Sydney Mechanics' School of Arts was founded in 1833 to "diffuse scientific and other useful knowledge" to the skilled workingmen of the fledgling European settlement of Sydney. Established in emulation of the burgeoning mechanics' movement in Britain, the founders of this school viewed knowledge as a kind of alchemy (read more)

Dr Lesley Scanlon is a practitioner, researcher, and author in adult education. As a practitioner Lesley has worked in schools, the British Council, Hong Kong, Technical and Further Education, Newcastle University, the University of Technology and Sydney University. She has worked across a range of disciplines teaching and lecturing in the fields of sociology, anthropology, research methodologies, history, and Mandarin. Her eclectic interests culminated in her work as a senior lecturer in teacher education at the University of Sydney, where she continues to hold an honorary position. She has published books on a range of educational issues, written articles for peer-reviewed journals and presented at national and international conferences. Lesley brings a narrative turn to her research, drawing on historical and sociological methodologies to highlight the role of the individual embedded within multiple contexts.
Publishing details: Woodslane, 2023, 144pp
Earth & Fireview full entry
Reference: Earth & Fire, Modern potters, their tools, techniques and practice, by KylieJohnson, Tiffany Johnson.
Earth and fire represent the two elements that produce a ceramic object. Without the other they are simply components; together they create both practical objects and pieces of art. Working as both primer and inspiration, Earth and Fire explores the techniques, practices and tools of over forty-five working ceramicists.
Creating everything from woodfired and fine porcelain wares, sculptured vases, everyday cups, bowls and plates, to jewellery and wall pieces, these artists work in a wide range of styles and mediums to create their ceramics. Although the methods vary, the overall sentiment is that the earth and fire that the artists use to make their objects are the ultimate masters. Just when they think they know one thing, the clay, glaze and heat will teach them another. There will always be more to learn. Working with clay is, quite simply, humbling.
Written and compiled by Kylie Johnson and Tiffany Johnson, Earth & Fire captures the diverse beauty and utility of ceramics, demonstrating that clay doesn’t just get under your fingernails; it gets under your skin.

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Aust., 2023, 272 Pages.
Ref: 1009
Feather and Brush - A History of Australian Bird Artview full entry
Reference: Feather and Brush - A History of Australian Bird Art, by Penny Olsen.
This second edition includes new and revised chapters, and features about 200 new artworks, including some by Indigenous artists.
Feather and Brush traces the history of bird art in Australia — from the simple engravings illustrating accounts of the earliest European voyages of discovery to the diversity of artwork available today. It explores the early European approach, in which naval draughtsmen, officers, convicts, settlers, naturalists, artists and scientists alike contributed both to the art and the science of ornithology, through to a diversity of contemporary artists featuring birds in their works.
This book contains more than 400 images, representing the work of 156 artists; some well-known, others published for the first time. All have been selected for their merit, whether ornithological, historical or artistic. They range from classical to quirky, decorative to functional, monumental to intimate. Together they demonstrate the rich history of Australian bird art, as it evolved in both Europe and Australia, along with the interests and technologies of the times.

Publishing details: CSIRO Publishing, 2022, harback, 352pp
Ref: 1009
Bird Artview full entry
Reference: see Feather and Brush - A History of Australian Bird Art, by Penny Olsen.
This second edition includes new and revised chapters, and features about 200 new artworks, including some by Indigenous artists.
Feather and Brush traces the history of bird art in Australia — from the simple engravings illustrating accounts of the earliest European voyages of discovery to the diversity of artwork available today. It explores the early European approach, in which naval draughtsmen, officers, convicts, settlers, naturalists, artists and scientists alike contributed both to the art and the science of ornithology, through to a diversity of contemporary artists featuring birds in their works.
This book contains more than 400 images, representing the work of 156 artists; some well-known, others published for the first time. All have been selected for their merit, whether ornithological, historical or artistic. They range from classical to quirky, decorative to functional, monumental to intimate. Together they demonstrate the rich history of Australian bird art, as it evolved in both Europe and Australia, along with the interests and technologies of the times.

Publishing details: CSIRO Publishing, 2022, harback, 352pp
Ref: 1
Andersons Andrewview full entry
Reference: Andrew Andersons Architect and the Public Realm, by Murphy, Bernice L; Paroissien, Leon
Architecture and the Public Realm
Publishing details: New South, 2022, hc, 368pp.
Ref: 1000
Woodward Margaretview full entry
Reference: Margaret Woodward, Paintings 1950-2007, by Gavin Fry.
At the age of twelve, Margaret Woodward was given a glimpse of creative chaos in an artist’s studio. A little later, an unusual friendship acquainted her with the reality of landscape, and a testing childhood passed into a conscious endeavour to become an artist. Recognised and established as a distinctly original artist, Margaret Woodward has behind her a lifelong struggle to reconcile conflicting demands: poverty and self-sufficiency; relationship and isolation; art and life. And, in her fascinating personal insights at the end of this book, the intuitive and the conscious. Winner of the Wynne Prize, the major prize for landscape and numerous other prizes, Margaret Woodward spent the early part of her life as a dedicated art teacher, first in secondary schools and later in art colleges both in Perth and Sydney. The book has an informative and sympathetic text by Gavin Fry, with over 150 colour plates and black and white illustrations and photographs covering all periods of the artist’s work, from the earliest student essays in landscape, to the later imaginative compositions of figures and the haunting waterlilies series. AUTHOR: Gavin Fry is a writer, artist and art historian, the author of more than twenty books on Australian art and history. Recently retired after a lifetime working in Australian museums and educational institutions, he has specialised in the art of the twentieth century, maritime painting and the depiction of Australians at war.

Publishing details: Beagle Press, 2020, pb, 168pp
framesview full entry
Reference: see Open Book, magazine of the State Library of NSW Summer, 2022-3, article by Richard Neville on 5 paintings and their frames. Artists are Marshall Claxton, Tom Roberts, John Glover, Portia Geach, Mary Edwell- Burke
Claxton Marshall framesview full entry
Reference: see Open Book, magazine of the State Library of NSW Summer, 2022-3, article by Richard Neville on 5 paintings and their frames. Artists are Marshall Claxton, Tom Roberts, John Glover, Portia Geach, Mary Edwell- Burke
Roberts Tom framesview full entry
Reference: see Open Book, magazine of the State Library of NSW Summer, 2022-3, article by Richard Neville on 5 paintings and their frames. Artists are Marshall Claxton, Tom Roberts, John Glover, Portia Geach, Mary Edwell- Burke
Glover John framesview full entry
Reference: see Open Book, magazine of the State Library of NSW Summer, 2022-3, article by Richard Neville on 5 paintings and their frames. Artists are Marshall Claxton, Tom Roberts, John Glover, Portia Geach, Mary Edwell- Burke
Geach Portia framesview full entry
Reference: see Open Book, magazine of the State Library of NSW Summer, 2022-3, article by Richard Neville on 5 paintings and their frames. Artists are Marshall Claxton, Tom Roberts, John Glover, Portia Geach, Mary Edwell- Burke
Edwell- Burke Mary framesview full entry
Reference: see Open Book, magazine of the State Library of NSW Summer, 2022-3, article by Richard Neville on 5 paintings and their frames. Artists are Marshall Claxton, Tom Roberts, John Glover, Portia Geach, Mary Edwell- Burke
Mander-Jones Phyllisview full entry
Reference: see Open Book, magazine of the State Library of NSW Summer, 2022-3, article by Deborah Lee-Talbot ‘An Archivist’s Archivist’. Mander-Jones was a former Mitchell Librarian as well as a watercolourist and printmaker.
Ref: 146
Miller Christine G 1943 etchingview full entry
Reference: see Joels auction slaon 7.12.23, lot 4043: CHRISTINE G. MILLER, EARLY MORNING MARKET 1943, ETCHING 1/20, 20.5 X 19.5CM 

Preston Margaret self portrait p180-189view full entry
Reference: see The Mirror and the Palette: Rebellion, Revolution and Resilience: 500 Years of Women’s Self-Portraits.
[’Her story weaves in and out of time and place. She's Frida Kahlo, Lois Mailou Jones and Amrita Sher-Gil en route to Mexico City, Paris or Bombay. She's Suzanne Valadon and Gwen John, craving city lights, the sea and solitude; she's Artemisia Gentileschi striding through the streets of Naples and Paula Modersohn-Becker in Worpswede. She's haunting museums in her paint-stained dress, scrutinising how El Greco or Titian or Van Dyck or Cezanne solved the problems that she too is facing. She's railing against her corsets, her chaperones, her husband and her brothers; she's hammering on doors, dreaming in her bedroom, working day and night in her studio. Despite the immense hurdles that have been placed in her way, she sits at her easel, picks up a mirror and paints a self-portrait because, as a subject, she is always available. Until the twentieth century, art history was, in the main, written by white men who tended to write about other white men. The idea that women in the West have always made art was rarely cited as a possibility. Yet they have - and, of course, continue to do so - often against tremendous odds, from laws and religion to the pressures of family and public disapproval. In THE MIRROR AND THE PALETTE, Jennifer Higgie introduces us to a cross-section of women artists who embody the fact that there is more than one way to understand our planet, more than one way to live in it and more than one way to make art about it. Spanning 500 years, biography and cultural history intertwine in a narrative packed with tales of rebellion, adventure, revolution, travel and tragedy enacted by women who turned their back on convention and lived lives of great resilience, creativity and bravery. This is a dazzlingly original and ambitious book by one of the most well-respected art critics at work today.’]
JENNIFER HIGGIE is an Australian writer who lives in London. She has a BA in Fine Art from the Canberra School of Art, and a MA from Victoria College of the Arts, Melbourne; her paintings are in various public and private collections in Australia. Previously the editor of frieze magazine, she is now frieze editor-at-large and the presenter of Bow Down, a podcast about women in art history. She is also a screenwriter, the editor of a collection of writings on art and humour THE ARTIST'S JOKE, a novel, BEDLAM, and a children's book, THERE'S NOT ONE.
Publishing details: Hachette, 2021, hc, 328pp
Heysen Norah self portrait p163-78view full entry
Reference: see The Mirror and the Palette: Rebellion, Revolution and Resilience: 500 Years of Women’s Self-Portraits.
[’Her story weaves in and out of time and place. She's Frida Kahlo, Lois Mailou Jones and Amrita Sher-Gil en route to Mexico City, Paris or Bombay. She's Suzanne Valadon and Gwen John, craving city lights, the sea and solitude; she's Artemisia Gentileschi striding through the streets of Naples and Paula Modersohn-Becker in Worpswede. She's haunting museums in her paint-stained dress, scrutinising how El Greco or Titian or Van Dyck or Cezanne solved the problems that she too is facing. She's railing against her corsets, her chaperones, her husband and her brothers; she's hammering on doors, dreaming in her bedroom, working day and night in her studio. Despite the immense hurdles that have been placed in her way, she sits at her easel, picks up a mirror and paints a self-portrait because, as a subject, she is always available. Until the twentieth century, art history was, in the main, written by white men who tended to write about other white men. The idea that women in the West have always made art was rarely cited as a possibility. Yet they have - and, of course, continue to do so - often against tremendous odds, from laws and religion to the pressures of family and public disapproval. In THE MIRROR AND THE PALETTE, Jennifer Higgie introduces us to a cross-section of women artists who embody the fact that there is more than one way to understand our planet, more than one way to live in it and more than one way to make art about it. Spanning 500 years, biography and cultural history intertwine in a narrative packed with tales of rebellion, adventure, revolution, travel and tragedy enacted by women who turned their back on convention and lived lives of great resilience, creativity and bravery. This is a dazzlingly original and ambitious book by one of the most well-respected art critics at work today.’]
JENNIFER HIGGIE is an Australian writer who lives in London. She has a BA in Fine Art from the Canberra School of Art, and a MA from Victoria College of the Arts, Melbourne; her paintings are in various public and private collections in Australia. Previously the editor of frieze magazine, she is now frieze editor-at-large and the presenter of Bow Down, a podcast about women in art history. She is also a screenwriter, the editor of a collection of writings on art and humour THE ARTIST'S JOKE, a novel, BEDLAM, and a children's book, THERE'S NOT ONE.
Publishing details: Hachette, 2021, hc, 328pp
Hirschfeld-Mack Ludwig view full entry
Reference: see Deutcsher & Hackett online auction, December 12, 2023, Melbourne, Australia , Ludwig Hirschfeld-Mack + Bauhaus Artists. 36 lots, 29 by Hirschfeld-Mack and others by Klee, Schreyer and Feininger.

Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see The Whole Picture: The colonial story of the art in our museums & why we need to talk about it, by Alice Procter. With index and bibliography.
[’If you think art history has to be pale, male and stale - think again.
"Probing, jargon-free and written with the pace of a detective story... [Procter] dissects western museum culture with such forensic fury that it might be difficult for the reader ever to view those institutions in the same way again. " Financial Times
'A smart, accessible and brilliantly structured work that encourages readers to go beyond the grand architecture of cultural institutions and see the problematic colonial histories behind them.' - Sumaya Kassim
Should museums be made to give back their marbles? Is it even possible to 'decolonize' our galleries? Must Rhodes fall?
How to deal with the colonial history of art in museums and monuments in the public realm is a thorny issue that we are only just beginning to address. Alice Procter, creator of the Uncomfortable Art Tours, provides a manual for deconstructing everything you thought you knew about art history and tells the stories that have been left out of the canon.
The book is divided into four chronological sections, named after four different kinds of art space: The Palace, The Classroom, The Memorial and The Playground. Each section tackles the fascinating, enlightening and often shocking stories of a selection of art pieces, including the propaganda painting the East India Company used to justify its rule in India; the tattooed Maori skulls collected as 'art objects' by Europeans;’
Publishing details: Hatchett, 2020, pb, 319pp
colonisationview full entry
Reference: see The Whole Picture: The colonial story of the art in our museums & why we need to talk about it, by Alice Procter. With index and bibliography.
[’If you think art history has to be pale, male and stale - think again.
"Probing, jargon-free and written with the pace of a detective story... [Procter] dissects western museum culture with such forensic fury that it might be difficult for the reader ever to view those institutions in the same way again. " Financial Times
'A smart, accessible and brilliantly structured work that encourages readers to go beyond the grand architecture of cultural institutions and see the problematic colonial histories behind them.' - Sumaya Kassim
Should museums be made to give back their marbles? Is it even possible to 'decolonize' our galleries? Must Rhodes fall?
How to deal with the colonial history of art in museums and monuments in the public realm is a thorny issue that we are only just beginning to address. Alice Procter, creator of the Uncomfortable Art Tours, provides a manual for deconstructing everything you thought you knew about art history and tells the stories that have been left out of the canon.
The book is divided into four chronological sections, named after four different kinds of art space: The Palace, The Classroom, The Memorial and The Playground. Each section tackles the fascinating, enlightening and often shocking stories of a selection of art pieces, including the propaganda painting the East India Company used to justify its rule in India; the tattooed Maori skulls collected as 'art objects' by Europeans;’
Publishing details: Hatchett, 2020, pb, 319pp
stolen cultural itemsview full entry
Reference: see The Whole Picture: The colonial story of the art in our museums & why we need to talk about it, by Alice Procter. With index and bibliography.
[’If you think art history has to be pale, male and stale - think again.
"Probing, jargon-free and written with the pace of a detective story... [Procter] dissects western museum culture with such forensic fury that it might be difficult for the reader ever to view those institutions in the same way again. " Financial Times
'A smart, accessible and brilliantly structured work that encourages readers to go beyond the grand architecture of cultural institutions and see the problematic colonial histories behind them.' - Sumaya Kassim
Should museums be made to give back their marbles? Is it even possible to 'decolonize' our galleries? Must Rhodes fall?
How to deal with the colonial history of art in museums and monuments in the public realm is a thorny issue that we are only just beginning to address. Alice Procter, creator of the Uncomfortable Art Tours, provides a manual for deconstructing everything you thought you knew about art history and tells the stories that have been left out of the canon.
The book is divided into four chronological sections, named after four different kinds of art space: The Palace, The Classroom, The Memorial and The Playground. Each section tackles the fascinating, enlightening and often shocking stories of a selection of art pieces, including the propaganda painting the East India Company used to justify its rule in India; the tattooed Maori skulls collected as 'art objects' by Europeans;’
Publishing details: Hatchett, 2020, pb, 319pp
Boyd Daniel various referencesview full entry
Reference: see The Whole Picture: The colonial story of the art in our museums & why we need to talk about it, by Alice Procter. With index and bibliography.
[’If you think art history has to be pale, male and stale - think again.
"Probing, jargon-free and written with the pace of a detective story... [Procter] dissects western museum culture with such forensic fury that it might be difficult for the reader ever to view those institutions in the same way again. " Financial Times
'A smart, accessible and brilliantly structured work that encourages readers to go beyond the grand architecture of cultural institutions and see the problematic colonial histories behind them.' - Sumaya Kassim
Should museums be made to give back their marbles? Is it even possible to 'decolonize' our galleries? Must Rhodes fall?
How to deal with the colonial history of art in museums and monuments in the public realm is a thorny issue that we are only just beginning to address. Alice Procter, creator of the Uncomfortable Art Tours, provides a manual for deconstructing everything you thought you knew about art history and tells the stories that have been left out of the canon.
The book is divided into four chronological sections, named after four different kinds of art space: The Palace, The Classroom, The Memorial and The Playground. Each section tackles the fascinating, enlightening and often shocking stories of a selection of art pieces, including the propaganda painting the East India Company used to justify its rule in India; the tattooed Maori skulls collected as 'art objects' by Europeans;’
Publishing details: Hatchett, 2020, pb, 319pp
East India Companyview full entry
Reference: see The Whole Picture: The colonial story of the art in our museums & why we need to talk about it, by Alice Procter. With index and bibliography.
[’If you think art history has to be pale, male and stale - think again.
"Probing, jargon-free and written with the pace of a detective story... [Procter] dissects western museum culture with such forensic fury that it might be difficult for the reader ever to view those institutions in the same way again. " Financial Times
'A smart, accessible and brilliantly structured work that encourages readers to go beyond the grand architecture of cultural institutions and see the problematic colonial histories behind them.' - Sumaya Kassim
Should museums be made to give back their marbles? Is it even possible to 'decolonize' our galleries? Must Rhodes fall?
How to deal with the colonial history of art in museums and monuments in the public realm is a thorny issue that we are only just beginning to address. Alice Procter, creator of the Uncomfortable Art Tours, provides a manual for deconstructing everything you thought you knew about art history and tells the stories that have been left out of the canon.
The book is divided into four chronological sections, named after four different kinds of art space: The Palace, The Classroom, The Memorial and The Playground. Each section tackles the fascinating, enlightening and often shocking stories of a selection of art pieces, including the propaganda painting the East India Company used to justify its rule in India; the tattooed Maori skulls collected as 'art objects' by Europeans;’
Publishing details: Hatchett, 2020, pb, 319pp
Woolner Thomas statue of Cook 3 referencesview full entry
Reference: see The Whole Picture: The colonial story of the art in our museums & why we need to talk about it, by Alice Procter. With index and bibliography.
[’If you think art history has to be pale, male and stale - think again.
"Probing, jargon-free and written with the pace of a detective story... [Procter] dissects western museum culture with such forensic fury that it might be difficult for the reader ever to view those institutions in the same way again. " Financial Times
'A smart, accessible and brilliantly structured work that encourages readers to go beyond the grand architecture of cultural institutions and see the problematic colonial histories behind them.' - Sumaya Kassim
Should museums be made to give back their marbles? Is it even possible to 'decolonize' our galleries? Must Rhodes fall?
How to deal with the colonial history of art in museums and monuments in the public realm is a thorny issue that we are only just beginning to address. Alice Procter, creator of the Uncomfortable Art Tours, provides a manual for deconstructing everything you thought you knew about art history and tells the stories that have been left out of the canon.
The book is divided into four chronological sections, named after four different kinds of art space: The Palace, The Classroom, The Memorial and The Playground. Each section tackles the fascinating, enlightening and often shocking stories of a selection of art pieces, including the propaganda painting the East India Company used to justify its rule in India; the tattooed Maori skulls collected as 'art objects' by Europeans;’
Publishing details: Hatchett, 2020, pb, 319pp
Double Nation - A History of Australian Artview full entry
Reference: Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
genocideview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Modernismview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Photography and Australia view full entry
Reference: Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
UnAustralian art - ten essays on transnational art histor view full entry
Reference: UnAustralian art : ten essays on transnational art history / Rex Butler and ADS Donaldson. Includes bibliographical references and index. [To be indexed fully - artists with a single reference in the book's index have not yet been added]
UnAustralian Art: Ten Essays on Transnational Art History proposes a radical rethinking of Australian art history. In a collection of ten essays, Rex Butler and ADS Donaldson argue against flatfooted accounts of Australian art, which continue to identify a distinctive national sensibility arising from a combination of place, people and history. The authors demonstrate that Australian art and artists have always been engaged in struggles and creative exchanges with the rest of the world. Examining Australian art as much from the outside in as the inside out, Butler and Donaldson's account includes a multitude of hitherto excluded stories of Australian expatriates who lived and worked overseas, as well as artists who came from elsewhere and continued to make art in Australia. Beginning with the Impressionist John Russell at the turn of the century in France and ending with the great Anmatyerre artist Emily Kame Kngwarreye in the late twentieth century, the book presents original research detailing the artistic connections between Australia and New Zealand, France, Britain, Germany, Asia, North America, South America and the Pacific, while also examining the work of artists from around the world who have made art inspired by Australia.
Full contents:
• Outside in : against a history of reception
• Cities within cities : Australian and New Zealand art of the twentieth century
• Against provincialism : Australian-American connections, 1900-2000
• Surrealism and Australia : towards a world history of surrealism
• Ten rooms : the real spaces of Asian-Australian artistic interaction
• Another Australia : British Australian art, 1880-1970
• War and peace : 150 years of German and Australia
• Trans-Pacific : Abstract painting in Australia, New Zealand and America, 1930-1960
• Madí and Mary Webb : Australian and South America
• All the world's Australias.
Publishing details: Power Publications, 2022, 278 pages : colour illustrations
Allen Mary Cecil 1 refview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Antipodeans various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Audette Yvonne ref and illusview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Balson Ralph various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Battarbee Rex 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Bauer Ferdinand 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Beckett Clarice various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Bell George various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Bellette Jean 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Bennett Gordon 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Berger Josl various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Binns Vivian 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Black Dorrit 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Blumann Elise 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Bock Thomas various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Boyd Arthur various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Brack John refview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Brook Donald 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Brown Mike 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Bunny Rupert various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Burn Ian various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Buvelot Louis various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Cant James various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Conder Charles various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Fox carrick 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Contemporary Art Society various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Smith Grace Cossington various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Crowley Grace various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Cuppage Virginia 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Dangar Anne 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Davidson Bessie 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Dayes Edward 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Derham Frances ref and illusview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Dobell William 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Dowling Robert various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Drysdale Russell various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Dumbrell Lesley 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Dupain Max 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Duterrau Benjamin various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Earle Augustus 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Field The various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
exhibitions in Australia numerous refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Fairweather Ian 4 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Felton Maurice ref and illusview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Fox Phillips various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Frater William various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
French Leonard refview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Friend Donald refview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Fullwood Henry various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Gardner John refview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Gillfillan J A various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Gill S T various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Gleeson James various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Glover John various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Grounds Joan refview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Grounds Marr refview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Gruner Elioth various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Haefliger Paul various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Hall Bernard various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Heide various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Harpur Royston 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Hester Joy various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Hessing Leonard refview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Heysen Hans various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Hinder Frank refview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Hinder Margel 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
History Painting various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Hoff Raynor various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Hughes Robert various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Ironside Adelaide 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Johnson Tim 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Johnson Michael refview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Johnstone Henry J 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Jorgensen Darren refview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Kemp Roger 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Kennedy Peter 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
King Grahame refview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
King Inge 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Klippel Robert various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Lambert George various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Larter Richard refview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Law Benjamin 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Lawler Adrian various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Leason Percy various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Lewin John William various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Lendon Nigel refview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Lewers Gerald refview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Lewers Margo refview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Lindsay Norman various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Long Sydney various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Longstaff John various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Lycett Joseph various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Lynn Elwyn 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
McClintock Herbert refview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
McCulloch Alan various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
MacDonald J S various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
McGillick Tony various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
McInnes W B ref and illusview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Mackennal Bertram 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
McRae Tommy refview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Martens Conrad various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Meadmore Clement ref and illusview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Meere Charles ref and illusview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Miller Godfrey ref and illusview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Meldrum Max various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Missingham Hal 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Mountford Charles 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Murch Arthur various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Namatjira Albert various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Nibbi Gino 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Nolan Sidney various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Ohlfsen Dora various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Olsen John various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Parkinson Sydney ref and illusview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Parr Mike various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Passmore John 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Poignant Alex refview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Possum Tjapaltjarri Clifford refview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Preston Margaret various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Price Jane 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Proctor Thea refview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Quin Sally refview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Ramsay Hugh 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Ramsden Mel refview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Rapotec Stanislaus refview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Reed John and Cynthia various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Roberts Tom various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Robertshaw Freda illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Robertson Bryan various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Robinson George Augustus various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Rodius Charles ref and illusview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Dattilo-Rubbo Anthony refview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Russell John Peter various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Sansom Gareth refview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Schell Frederick refview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Schramm Alexander ref and illusview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Shore Arnold 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Simpson Nora refview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Smith Bernard ref and illusview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Smith Peter Purves ref and illusview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Streeton Arthur various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Strutt William 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Surrealism various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Teague Violet ref and illusview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Tillers Imants ref and illusview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Traill Jessie ref view full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Tucker Albert various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Tuckson Tony ref and illusview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Smith Syd Ure various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Vassilieff Danila ref and illusview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
von Guerard Eugene various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Wainewright Thomas various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Waikelin Roland various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Watling Thomas various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Wallis Captain James refs and illusview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Watkins Dick various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Webb Mary ref and illusview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Wheeler Charles ref and illusview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Williams Fred various refsview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Whiteley Brett refview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Worth Margaret ref and illusview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Zander Clarice refview full entry
Reference: see Double Nation - A History of Australian Art, byv Ian McLean. Includes ‘Selected Reading’, and index.
In this major new account Ian McLean traces the history of Australian art, from colonial art practice to the search for a national art in the twentieth century. Two key themes structure the narrative: the transformation of a British art practice into an Australian one; and the troubled pursuit for the aesthetic means to claim an Indigenous heritage.
As well as introducing the canonical artists and artworks of the Australian tradition, McLean assesses why certain artists have come to prominence, and why others have been neglected. In the process, he links the changing fortunes of artists to social and political developments both at home and abroad. With 170 superb illustrations, many in colour, this is essential reading for all interested in the history of Australian art.
Ian McLean is the Hugh Ramsay Chair of Australian Art History at the University of Melbourne. His previous books include Double Desire: Transculturation and Indigenous Art (2014), How Aborigines Invented the Idea of Contemporary Art (2011) and White Aborigines: Identity Politics in Australian Art (1998, reissue 2009).
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, 2023, hc, 304 pages
172 illustrations, 169 in colour
Hardback
Gwynne Marjorie 1886 - 1958view full entry
Reference: Marjorie Gwynne, exhibition at Peter Walker Fine Art, Adelaide, December, 2023.
‘Marjorie Gwynne was an Australian modernist artist who is only now starting to get the deserved recognition that has escaped so many of the influential female artists of the early decades of Twentieth Century Australia.  

This is an opportunity to purchase rare paintings from a South Australian collection of the artist's work that has been developed over many years.’
1. Iris in Blue Bowl, 1937
Oil on wood panel
Artist initials, title and date verso
16.5 x 23.5 cm
$1,950

2. From My Garden
Oil on canvas on board
Signed lower left
36.5 x 49.5 cm
Illust.: Biven, R., Some Forgotten, Some Remembered. Women Artists of South Australia. Sydenham Gallery, Adelaide, S.A.,1976
$2,750

3. The Orchard
Oil on canvas
Artists initials and name verso
35.5 x 45.5.cm 
$2,850

4. Engine Shed
Oil on board
47 x 54 cm
Illustrated: Cameron Wilson, S., From Shadow Into Light: South Australian Women Artists Since Colonisation. Delmot Pty Ltd, SA, 1988, page 74
$4,250

5. Landscape Sketch
Oil on canvas on board
Inscribed twice with artists name verso
28 x 23.5cm
$990

6. The Farm
Oil on canvas 
34 x 46 cm
$3,300

7. Haystacks
Oil on canvas on board
32.5 x 43 cm
$3,550







8. A Crop Of Sunflowers
Oil on canvas on board
Signed lower right
40 x 51.5 cm
$3,850
Publishing details: Peter Walker Fine Art, 2023
Ref: 1000
Waters Maynardview full entry
Reference: The Artist Maynard Waters. Handmade artist's promotional book. 1-page biography inserted, 21 tipped-in illustrations of paintings. (one, 'Observatory Hill facing west', missing in this copy). Ephemera inserted, signed on cover
Publishing details: Maynard Waters, nd, c1997, 32pp, hc,
potteryview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
O'Donoghue Seanview full entry
Reference: see Lawons auction The Noosa Collector - Art, Sculpture, Jewellery & Collectibles, 13.12.23:
Lot 16 - Blue Jellyfish by Sean O'Donoghue, Noosa Master Glassblower, trained at Waterford Crystal, H 14.5 cm, signed to base
Estimate $200-300.

and Lot 54 - Dichroic Jellyfish by Sean O'Donoghue, Noosa Master Glassblower, trained at Waterford Crystal, H 15.5 cm, signed to base
Estimate $200-300
Dowse Daisy Douglasview full entry
Reference: Daisy Douglas Dowse 1900 -1978(?) exhibited with the Society of Arts and Crafts in 1926. Information from reseracher researching Daisy’s sister Sybil Esmond Dowse 1891 - 1977

Hut Bonnyview full entry
Reference: Explorations of the Mirror: The Art and Poetry of Bonny Hut. The art and poetry of South African-Australian visionary artist, Bonny Hut.
Publishing details: Bonny Hut
Charleston: CreateSpace, 2011.
Reprint., 70 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.


Ref: 1000
In the Pictureview full entry
Reference: In The Picture: Perspective on Picture Book Art and Artists, by Kerry Mallan. Literature and Literacy for Young People: An Australian Series; 3. No index, some information on illustrators throughout.

Publishing details: Wagga Wagga: Centre For Information Studies, Charles Sturt University, 1999.
[xii], 185 pages. Illustrated wrappers.
Rapport: Eight Artists from Singapore and Australiaview full entry
Reference: Rapport: Eight Artists from Singapore and Australia, by Natalie King, Tay Swee Lin. Exhibition catalogue. Full list of artists: Bae Yeok Kuan, Amanda Heng, Salleh Japar, Matthew Ngui, Hany Armanious, Carolyn Eskdale, Christopher Langton, and Nicola Loder.

Publishing details: Singapore and Melbourne: Singapore Art Museum and Monash University Gallery, 1996. 40 pages, colour illustrations. Lettered wrappers.


Ref: 1000
Colour and Movement: The Life of Claudio Alcorsoview full entry
Reference: Colour and Movement: The Life of Claudio Alcorso, by Stephanie Cahalan. With index. ‘Colour and movement: The life of Claudio Alcorso is a study of a humanist, entrepreneur, patron of the arts and conservationist.
After fleeing fascism in Italy and enduring incarceration in Australia in World War II, Alcorso became a champion of textiles and the arts, pioneer of Tasmania’s cool climate wine industry, and architect of Hobart’s cultural precinct. Alcorso was at the leading edge of Australia’s twentieth century multicultural and artistic awakening.
Claudio helped redraft the cultural blueprint of Tasmania during his journey from one of Rome’s elite, to the bankrupted tenant of his beloved Moorilla Estate in far-flung Hobart. There he watched the winery he created commence its transformation into MONA, the dissident private museum that has, in turn, reshaped contemporary Tasmania’s view of itself and its place in the world.
Painted through personal accounts, letters and rarely seen images, this portrait of Alcorso shows that his feats will forever dwarf his failures.’

Publishing details: Hobart: Forty South Publishing, 2019.
First Edition. Signed by Author

21cm x 24cm. xvi, 192 pages, illustrations, some colour. Illustrated french fold wrapper.
Cruickshank Alanview full entry
Reference: Museum of the Colonial Post Colonial - Alan Cruickshank

Catalogue for an exhibition of photo manipulation works by Alan Cruickshank. Cruickshank has superimposed colonial faces onto photographs of Australian Aboriginals by J. W. Lindt. Essay by Lee Weng Choy.
Publishing details: Singapore: The Substation, 2003. 20 pages, black and white illustrations. pictorial saddle-stapled wrappers.

Ref: 1000
Calvert Samuelview full entry
Reference: see Broward Auction Gallery LLC
Dania Beach, FL, US, 5 February, 2024: lot 83: Samuel Calvert (United Kingdom, 1828 - 1913)
TITLE: Harbor Scene
MEDIUM: oil on canvas
CONDITION: One small patch. Some paint losses mostly along edges. Minor craquelure. No visible inpaint under UV light. Some damages to frame.
ART SIZE: 22 x 38 inches / 55 x 96 cm
FRAME SIZE: unframed (In-House framing available)
SIGNATURE: lower left
CATEGORY: old antique vintage painting for auction sale online
AD: ART CONSIGNMENTS WANTED. CONTACT US
SKU#: 129202
US Shipping $120 + insurance.

BIOGRAPHY:
Samuel Calvert (21 November 1828 - 1 January 1913) was a British draughtsman, printer and artist active in Australia, noted for his wood-engravings, published in contemporary periodicals. He was the third son of the renowned engraver and painter, Edward Calvert. During his period in Australia, Samuel Calvert produced hundreds of engraved illustrations for a variety of publications on a wide range of subjects. Calvert also designed postage stamps for the Victorian government. He was one of the founding members of the Victorian Academy of Art, formed in 1870, and showed watercolours and oil paintings at their subsequent exhibitions. Calvert left a legacy of finely-produced wood engravings depicting landscape, contemporary events and portraits.
ceramics Aboriginal & Contemporaryview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Bamford Roderick biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquents Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Bell Gregory biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Bendigo Potteryview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Benwell Stephen essay and biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Blakebrough Les biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Bowers Stephen biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Boyd Arthur biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Boyd Merric essay and biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Bristol Potteryview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Brogas Bruce Tjapanardi biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Campbell Joan biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Campbell John PTY LTD biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Castle-Harris John biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Cooper Carl biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Cornwell’s Brunswick Potteryview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Dangar Anne biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Deerbon Una biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Dodd Margaret biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Doolan Michael biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Douglas Neil biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Drysdale Pippin biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Emmerichs Bern biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Entata Irene Mbitjana biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Fell Fiona biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Ferry William biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Gazzard Marea biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Grounds Joan biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Hall Pam biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Halpern Stacha biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Pigott Gwyn Hanssen biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Harvey L J biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Herbert Jeannie Nungarrayi biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Hoffman Brick and Potteries Ltdview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Hughan Harold essay and biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Jenuarrie biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Jenyns Lorraine biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Johnson Marlene Nampijinpa biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Keighery Michael biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Kennedy Esther Ngala biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Keys Eileen biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Klix Gudrun biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Leak Jonathan biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Lithgow Valley Colliery Companyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Mahood Marguerite biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Mansfield Janet biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
McGrath Vincent biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Murphy Fiona essay and biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Orchard Jenny biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Pate Klytie biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Peascod Alan biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Peppin Mylie biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Perceval John biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Poynter Maud biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Premier Pottery, Preston - Remuedview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Remued - Premier Pottery, Preston view full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Puatjimi Jock biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Purantatameri Eddie biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Reynell Gladys essay and biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Ricketts William biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Rockman Biddy Napaljarri biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Rushforth Peter biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Rye Owen biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Seccombe Grace biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Shoji Mitsuo biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Szonyi Stefan biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Smith Derek biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Taylor Sandra biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Teschendorff John biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Thancoupie biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Tucker Kay Panangka biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Walker Heather biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Warburton Toni essay and biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Williams Fred biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Yankaar Paji Honeychild biographyview full entry
Reference: see Delinquent Angel, Australian Historical Aboriginal & Contemporary Ceramics. Catalogue of an exhibition, developed and managed by Craft Australiaand Shepparton Art Gallery, held at the Museo Internazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy, 16th September-22nd October, 1995. Introduction by John Odgers, essays by Joseph Pascoe, David Dolan, Christopher Menz, Jenny Zimmer, Kenneth Hood, Lyndel Wischer, John McPhee, Katrina Fraser. Biographies of artists and makers p121-136.
Publishing details: Centro Di, 1995. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 136, illustrated. Text in English and Italian.
Hurnall Marvinview full entry
Reference: see The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Australianaview full entry
Reference: see The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Aldin C 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Abbott E E 2 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Arnold J 10 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Adelaide Pottery 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Atholl Ware 2 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Beck L B 2 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Bendigo Pottery 10 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Bosley Ware 100 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Bennett Pottery 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Boweres S 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Boyd D & M 2 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Boyd A M B 24 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Boyd D & H 3 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Boyd G 3 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Boyd D 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Boyd M 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Boyd T P 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Boyd W M 75 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Burmantofts Faience attrib 2 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Calvert H H 5 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Campbell J 2 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Carter E Bryce 5 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Castle-Harris J 3 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Cayley Nevill Snr 6 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Cayley N W 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Cobb V 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Cooper C 6 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Copeland A 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Cornwell A 4 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Coronet Australia 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Cox E E 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Cox F E 5 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Dee W 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Deerbon U 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Delta Pottery 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Duldig K 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Elke Australia 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Finlay A 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Fischer G 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Florenze Pottery 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Flower T 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Frost P 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Fowler R Ltd 3 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Fowler Ware 2 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Gibson M 2 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Gilbert J 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Gilbert S & G 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Greenway E G 2 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Hall R 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Halpern D 2 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Harvery School 2 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Heinrichse E 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Hemy J 2 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Hoffman Pottery Works 3 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Howley J 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Hughan H 4 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Inkamala J 2 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Ireson J H 2 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Irvine G 3 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Jadran Pottery 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
James P 11 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Johnson M 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Kahler H A 75 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Landells F 3 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Lithgow Pottery 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Lonitz H 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Lowe A 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Lymburner F 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Mahood M 10 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Mann F 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Mashman Brothers 2 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Nell 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
McGinniss G 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
McHugh H 12 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
MCP Pottery 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Melrose Ware 60 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Mel-Rose Ware 60 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Mountford P 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Murray A 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Nemeiovsky R 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Newton H 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Newtone Pottery 8 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Orchard J 3 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Osrey Pottery 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Pamela 5 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Pate K 24 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Pates Pottery 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Peppin M 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Pillig G 5 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Premier Pottery Preston 10 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Remued 80 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Reynell G 3 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Ricketts W 34 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Borstrand 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Rosedale Pottery 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Sarreguemines 3 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Seccombe G 26 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Sherwood M L 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Staffordshire Potteries 34 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Studio Australia 5 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Swarbrick 3 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Taylor L 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Ungkwanaka R 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Van Diemen Pottery 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Victoria Art Pottery 2 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Wembley Ware14 lots in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Whiting P 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Wilson and Ridge 1 lot in the auctionview full entry
Reference: The Marvin Hurnall Australiana collection. Includes Australian pottery, paintings and furniture from the dealer’s collection.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Leonard Joel Australia, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 124, illustrated.
Weatherly Richardview full entry
Reference: A Brush with Birds. Paintings and stories from the wild. By Richard Weatherly.
Publishing details: Hardie Grant, 2020.
4to, 282pp. Hardcaover, Colour illustrations.
Ref: 1000
Australian Genesis and Exodusview full entry
Reference: Australian Genesis and Exodus, The Stories of Derwent Lees and Horace Brodzky, Their Lives, Their Families and Their In-Common Friends and Acquaintances, by Henry Lew.
Publishing details: Hybrid Publishers, 2023, 4to, colour and black & white illustrations.
Ref: 1009
Lees Derwentview full entry
Reference: see Australian Genesis and Exodus, The Stories of Derwent Lees and Horace Brodzky, Their Lives, Their Families and Their In-Common Friends and Acquaintances, by Henry Lew.
Publishing details: Hybrid Publishers, 2023, 4to, colour and black & white illustrations.
Brodzky Horaceview full entry
Reference: see Australian Genesis and Exodus, The Stories of Derwent Lees and Horace Brodzky, Their Lives, Their Families and Their In-Common Friends and Acquaintances, by Henry Lew.
Publishing details: Hybrid Publishers, 2023, 4to, colour and black & white illustrations.
Friends, fashion & fabulousnessview full entry
Reference: Friends, fashion & fabulousness : the making of an Australian style / Sally Gray
Publishing details: Australian Scholarly Publishing, 2017, xii, 317 pages, illustrations (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Ref: 1000
fashion view full entry
Reference: see Friends, fashion & fabulousness : the making of an Australian style / Sally Gray
Publishing details: Australian Scholarly Publishing, 2017, xii, 317 pages, illustrations (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Gibney Jenniferview full entry
Reference: Michael's monster, by Graeme Parsons, Jennifer Gibney illustrator.
Publishing details: Houghton Mifflin, 1991, [31] p. : col. ill.
Ref: 1000
Gibney Jenniferview full entry
Reference: see ‘Shakespeare in the Frorest, an illustrated artist’s book, 2019, by Jennifer Gibney in the SLNSW.
Greenberg Nickiview full entry
Reference: Hamlet : William Shakespeare's Hamlet staged on the page, by Nicki Greenberg. Children's Book Council of Australia Awards, Picture Book of the Year, winner, 2011.
Publishing details: Allen & Unwin, 2010
[421] p. : col. ill
Ref: 1000
Greenberg Nickiview full entry
Reference: from artist’s website: ‘Nicki Greenberg is a writer and illustrator based in Melbourne, Australia. Her first books, The Digits series, were published when she was fifteen years old. They sold more than 380,000 copies in Australia and New Zealand.
When Nicki was seventeen, two big things happened to her. She started drawing comics. And she read The Great Gatsby for the first time.  
Eight years and lots of comics later, those two big things came together when she embarked on the mad venture of adapting The Great Gatsby in graphic form. This labour of love took her six years, while she worked as a lawyer to support her scribbling habit. The result was a very unusual book. 
Nicki’s innovative adaptation of Gatsby was widely acclaimed and was selected as a White Raven at the Bologna Book Fair. She then went on to tackle Hamlet in a lavish 425-page “staging on the page”. Hamlet was joint winner of the 2011 Children’s Book Council of Australia’s Picture Book of the Year award.
Nicki's elder daughter was born one month after she finished drawing the final page of Hamlet, and her younger daughter two years later. Inspired by their delight in picture books, Nicki returned to working in this form. Her recent picture books include The Naughtiest Reindeer, Monkey Red, Monkey Blue and BOM! Went the Bear. She has also written and illustrated non-fiction for children, and her book, It’s True! Squids Suck! was shortlisted for the 2006 Aventis Prize for Science Books.’
Guide to Victorian aboriginal collectionsview full entry
Reference: Guide to Victorian aboriginal collections in the Museum of Victoria / compiled by Gaye Sculthorpe with the assistance of Michelle La Combe and Mira Lakic. This guide draws together, on a regional basis, vital data on the wide range of artefacts, photographs, films, botanical samples and manuscript material which make up the collections of Aboriginal heritage material held at Museum Victoria.
Notes:
• Page 237 blank for notes.
• Filmography: p. 223.
• Includes bibliographical references and indexes.
Publishing details: Museum of Victoria
[Melbourne] : The Museum, c1990, 237 p. : ill., map
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see Guide to Victorian aboriginal collections in the Museum of Victoria / compiled by Gaye Sculthorpe with the assistance of Michelle La Combe and Mira Lakic. This guide draws together, on a regional basis, vital data on the wide range of artefacts, photographs, films, botanical samples and manuscript material which make up the collections of Aboriginal heritage material held at Museum Victoria.
Notes:
• Page 237 blank for notes.
• Filmography: p. 223.
• Includes bibliographical references and indexes.
Publishing details: Museum of Victoria
[Melbourne] : The Museum, c1990, 237 p. : ill., map
Douglas Stewart's garden of friendsview full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart's garden of friends, Illustrations by Margaret Coen, afterword by Meg Stewart.
Publishing details: Viking, 1987, hc, dw
Everywhere, everywhenview full entry
Reference: Everywhere, everywhen : art, artists, stories of the Kimberley, Arnhem Land and the southern plains : selections from the diaries and field notes of Neil McLeod / with Dindy Vaughan, OAM and Luisa Adam ; preface by Adrian Newstead, OAM.
"Everywhere, Everywhen provides an extraordinary window into the lives, traditions and culture of more than 20 Aboriginal artists. Based on the work of natural history photographer and researcher Neil McLeod, it is the culmination of a 50-year career over which time he travelled regularly to remote areas across the land and abroad, while befriending and working with many indigenous peoples. Including more than 150 artwork plates, biographies, portraits and diary extracts, it is testimony to his commitment to supporting traditional cultures, collecting and commissioning artworks, and nurturing greater understanding between Aboriginal people and those of the West."--Back cover.
Notes:
Cultural sensitivity advisory notice: Aboriginal, Torres Strait Islander and other First Nations people are advised that this item may contain names, recordings, images of deceased people and other content that may be culturally sensitive. Please also be aware that you may see certain words or descriptions within this work which reflect the author's attitude, or that of the period in which the work was created, and may now be considered inaccurate, inappropriate or offensive.
All readers are advised this book includes images of an expliciterotic and sesual nature.
Publishing details: Garfield, Vic. : Circa, 2022, 328 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour), colour maps, portraits (some colour)
Ref: 1009
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see Everywhere, everywhen : art, artists, stories of the Kimberley, Arnhem Land and the southern plains : selections from the diaries and field notes of Neil McLeod / with Dindy Vaughan, OAM and Luisa Adam ; preface by Adrian Newstead, OAM. To be indexed.
"Everywhere, Everywhen provides an extraordinary window into the lives, traditions and culture of more than 20 Aboriginal artists. Based on the work of natural history photographer and researcher Neil McLeod, it is the culmination of a 50-year career over which time he travelled regularly to remote areas across the land and abroad, while befriending and working with many indigenous peoples. Including more than 150 artwork plates, biographies, portraits and diary extracts, it is testimony to his commitment to supporting traditional cultures, collecting and commissioning artworks, and nurturing greater understanding between Aboriginal people and those of the West."--Back cover.
Notes:
Cultural sensitivity advisory notice: Aboriginal, Torres Strait Islander and other First Nations people are advised that this item may contain names, recordings, images of deceased people and other content that may be culturally sensitive. Please also be aware that you may see certain words or descriptions within this work which reflect the author's attitude, or that of the period in which the work was created, and may now be considered inaccurate, inappropriate or offensive.
All readers are advised this book includes images of an expliciterotic and sesual nature.
Publishing details: Garfield, Vic. : Circa, 2022, 328 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour), colour maps, portraits (some colour)
Zavros Michaelview full entry
Reference: The favourite by Michael Zavros.
Publishing details: South Brisbane, Queensland : Queensland Art Gallery, Gallery of Modern Art, 2023, 204 pages : colour illustrations
Ref: 1000
Harney Billview full entry
Reference: Yidumduma Bill Harney, Bush Professor
Produced by Godinymayin Yijard Rivers Arts & Culture Centre
Sat 3 Jun 2017 – Mon 21 Aug 2017.
The exhibition that brings to life one man’s remarkable journey to share his people’s culture with the world will display at the Museum of the Great Southern.
Yidumduma Bill Harney: Bush Professor is a travelling exhibition from Godinymayin Yijard Rivers Arts and Culture Centre and celebrates the life work of Yidumduma Bill Harney.
Bill Harney is a Wardaman Elder, whose country lies south-east of present-day Katherine in the Northern Territory. He is an amazing storyteller and artist, sharing the ways of the Wardaman people and the stories connected to the stunning ancient rock art on his land.
Harney’s work is widely exhibited, including in the National Gallery of Australia, Parliament House in Darwin, Bond University and the University of Sydney where a number of his major paintings are held.
Exhibition curator Margie West said Mr Harney’s contemporary paintings are a fascinating perspective on topics as diverse as ancestral stories and astronomy.
This is his first major retrospective exhibition providing audiences with a fascinating look into his world.
Margie West
Yidumduma Bill Harney: Bush Professor is an exciting retrospective celebrating the life work of Yidumduma Bill Harney, one of the last fully initiated men of the Wardaman people from the Northern Territory.

Now 85, Yidumduma grew up learning every aspect of Wardaman culture from his mother Ludi Yibuluyma and adopted father Joe Jomornji.
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum , 2017,
Ref: 1000
Australian Patchworkview full entry
Reference: Australian Patchwork: A Step-by-Step Guide Piecing, Quilting and Applique. By Margaret Rolfe
Ref: 1000
Naylor Mview full entry
Reference: see Rogers Jones & Co auction, Wales, 16.1.24, lot 146: M NAYLOR (WELSH AMATEUR ARTIST) thirteen various paintings comprising seven oils on board, three titled, `Blea Tarn` (Lake District), 19.5 x 29cms, `Settler's Cabin` (NSW Australia), 39.5 x 49.5cms and `Bush Fire` (NSW, Australia), 59 x 44cms and six watercolour studies, two titled, `Aboriginal Cave` (Queensland, Australia), 29 x 22.5cms and `Reflections`, 25.5 x 35cms, the largest painting within this group, 47.5 x 60cms, all signed lower right
Provenance: deceased estate Conwy
Comments: framed, framed and glazed
McKenna Noelview full entry
Reference: Somewhere in the City: Noel McKenna. 60 works listed, dated 1978-2004. Catalogue essay by Gordon Craig, Curastor qut Art Museum.
Publishing details: QUT Art Museum, 2005, 28pp. This copy signed by the artist..
furnitureview full entry
Reference: see Victorian Splendour. Australian Interior Decoration 1837 - 1901, by Suzanne Forge. Photographs by Irvine Green.
‘The Victorians had a passion for an abundance of ornament, which they thought of as natural, necessary, civilized, enjoyable, & positively elevating. Suzanne Forge examines this Victorian excess.’
Vividly describes rare examples of surviving Victorian interiors in Australia. Deals with the Victorian approach to decorating. Expert advice about several aspects of interior decorating with appropriate illustrations. Index, glossary, bibliography, colour and black and white illustrations.’ – Trove
‘This book stresses the Victorian preoccupation with style, taste, form, ornament and colour (as well as their appropriate application in the drawing room, dining room, entrance hall, library, billiard room, bedroom, kitchen and bathroom). It also profiles 6 large Australian homes and provides chapters on restoration, wallpapers, floor coverings, stencilling, wood-graining, marbling. ‘

Publishing details: Melb. Oxford University Press. 1981. Folio. Or.bds. Dustjacket. 160pp. Profusely illustrated in colour and black & white. 1st ed.
Adams Tate 8 refsview full entry
Reference: see The Art of Jock Clutterbuck By Sasha Grishin. With index. [’Jock Clutterbuck is a remarkably accomplished sculptor and printmaker, whose distinctive abstract imagery is equally expressive in either medium. In his 'Foreword', Geoffrey Edwards describes Clutterbuck's unique forms as possessing '...the elegant visual clarity and crisp ornament of an old astrolabe or suchlike scientific instrument'. Author Sasha Grishin explains that the artist is '...unusual in his preoccupation with mysticism in general and with theosophy and ...arcane systems of kwledge'. The identifying characteristics of this artist's works stretch throughout his entire oeuvre-dating from his student days at the Royal Melbourne Institute of Techlogy in the 1960s, throughout his more than 25 years teaching at the Victorian College of the Arts, to the years since 2000 that he has been able to dedicate full-time to his art. Clutterbuck's first exhibitions were held at Tate Adams' Crossley Gallery, Melbourne's first dedicated printmaking venue, which from the 1950s to 1980s showed artists such as Fred Williams, George Baldessin and Hertha Kluge-Pott. Today, Jock Clutterbuck exhibits at Australian Galleries, with whom this exquisite monograph, designed by Suzi Ditterich, is co-published.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art Publishing, 2013, hc, 192pp
Baldessin George 5 refsview full entry
Reference: see The Art of Jock Clutterbuck By Sasha Grishin. With index. [’Jock Clutterbuck is a remarkably accomplished sculptor and printmaker, whose distinctive abstract imagery is equally expressive in either medium. In his 'Foreword', Geoffrey Edwards describes Clutterbuck's unique forms as possessing '...the elegant visual clarity and crisp ornament of an old astrolabe or suchlike scientific instrument'. Author Sasha Grishin explains that the artist is '...unusual in his preoccupation with mysticism in general and with theosophy and ...arcane systems of kwledge'. The identifying characteristics of this artist's works stretch throughout his entire oeuvre-dating from his student days at the Royal Melbourne Institute of Techlogy in the 1960s, throughout his more than 25 years teaching at the Victorian College of the Arts, to the years since 2000 that he has been able to dedicate full-time to his art. Clutterbuck's first exhibitions were held at Tate Adams' Crossley Gallery, Melbourne's first dedicated printmaking venue, which from the 1950s to 1980s showed artists such as Fred Williams, George Baldessin and Hertha Kluge-Pott. Today, Jock Clutterbuck exhibits at Australian Galleries, with whom this exquisite monograph, designed by Suzi Ditterich, is co-published.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art Publishing, 2013, hc, 192pp
Crossley Galleries various refsview full entry
Reference: see The Art of Jock Clutterbuck By Sasha Grishin. With index. [’Jock Clutterbuck is a remarkably accomplished sculptor and printmaker, whose distinctive abstract imagery is equally expressive in either medium. In his 'Foreword', Geoffrey Edwards describes Clutterbuck's unique forms as possessing '...the elegant visual clarity and crisp ornament of an old astrolabe or suchlike scientific instrument'. Author Sasha Grishin explains that the artist is '...unusual in his preoccupation with mysticism in general and with theosophy and ...arcane systems of kwledge'. The identifying characteristics of this artist's works stretch throughout his entire oeuvre-dating from his student days at the Royal Melbourne Institute of Techlogy in the 1960s, throughout his more than 25 years teaching at the Victorian College of the Arts, to the years since 2000 that he has been able to dedicate full-time to his art. Clutterbuck's first exhibitions were held at Tate Adams' Crossley Gallery, Melbourne's first dedicated printmaking venue, which from the 1950s to 1980s showed artists such as Fred Williams, George Baldessin and Hertha Kluge-Pott. Today, Jock Clutterbuck exhibits at Australian Galleries, with whom this exquisite monograph, designed by Suzi Ditterich, is co-published.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art Publishing, 2013, hc, 192pp
Parr Lenton 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see The Art of Jock Clutterbuck By Sasha Grishin. With index. [’Jock Clutterbuck is a remarkably accomplished sculptor and printmaker, whose distinctive abstract imagery is equally expressive in either medium. In his 'Foreword', Geoffrey Edwards describes Clutterbuck's unique forms as possessing '...the elegant visual clarity and crisp ornament of an old astrolabe or suchlike scientific instrument'. Author Sasha Grishin explains that the artist is '...unusual in his preoccupation with mysticism in general and with theosophy and ...arcane systems of kwledge'. The identifying characteristics of this artist's works stretch throughout his entire oeuvre-dating from his student days at the Royal Melbourne Institute of Techlogy in the 1960s, throughout his more than 25 years teaching at the Victorian College of the Arts, to the years since 2000 that he has been able to dedicate full-time to his art. Clutterbuck's first exhibitions were held at Tate Adams' Crossley Gallery, Melbourne's first dedicated printmaking venue, which from the 1950s to 1980s showed artists such as Fred Williams, George Baldessin and Hertha Kluge-Pott. Today, Jock Clutterbuck exhibits at Australian Galleries, with whom this exquisite monograph, designed by Suzi Ditterich, is co-published.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art Publishing, 2013, hc, 192pp
Photography view full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Allen Mickyview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Barry Christineview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Billington Robertview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Burstow Grahamview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Cattapan Jonview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Cochrane Brettview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Cook Rayview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Cotton Oliveview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Deacon Destinyview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Dixon Leslieview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Drew Marianview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Dupain Maxview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Elliott Johnview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Ely Bonitaview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Farrell Roseview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Fereday Susanview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Ferran Anneview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Fischmann Peterview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Ford Sueview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Fuller Helenview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Gibson Jeffview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Hall Fionaview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Hawkes Ponchview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Henson Billview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Holmes Craigview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
King-Smith Leahview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Kleem Geoffview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Lebovic Josefview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Lyssiotis Peterview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Maddison Ruthview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Martin Linview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Maynard Rickyview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Mercer Robertview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Milojevic Milanview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Moffatt Traceyview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Moore Davidview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Nedelkopoulos Nicholasview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
O’Malley Glenview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Page Charlesview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Pam Maxview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Pelot Kitchener Elaineview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Ramsay Lehanview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Raskopoulos Eugeniaview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Redgate Jackyview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Rhodes Jonview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Rrap Julieview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Sandison Davidview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Shakespeare Russellview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Sievers Wolfgandview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Spowart Dougview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Spowart Rubyview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Stacey Robynview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Stannage Miriamview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Starrs Josephineview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Stelarcview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Stephenson Davidview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Stringer Richardview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Waller Margaretview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Tyssen Ingeborgview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Warner Carlview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Williams Ianview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Williams Johnview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Zahalka Anneview full entry
Reference: see The Power to Move - Aspects of Australian Photography, by Anne Kirker and Clare Williamson. Illustrated, includes photographers’ statements. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 17th February - 8th April, 1996.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1995. 80 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Preston Margaretview full entry
Reference: Sydney Streets, by Charles Bertie, book of [12 pages, containing 2 wood-engravings by Margaret Preston, printed in black ink, each from one block.
Publishing details: Sydney : Art in Australia Ltd., 1928, [11] p., [10] p. of plates : ill
Ref: 1009
Bertie Charlesview full entry
Reference: from website ‘Dirt on The Rocks’ - http://thedirton.therocks.com/2011/11/charles-bertie-photograph-albums.html
TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 15, 2011
The Charles Bertie Photograph Albums – Gloucester Street 1901

This series of 1901 photographs features Gloucester Street, The Rocks. Charles Bertie (1875−1952), then the Sydney Council librarian and a prominent member of the Royal Australian Historical Society collected these photographs taken by the NSW Government photographer John Degotardi.

The photos documented what were considered some of the more run-down parts of Sydney, prior to their proposed demolition after the outbreak of the bubonic plague.

They provide a wonderful insight into life in The Rocks over one hundred years ago; a time when domestic life was not confined behind closed doors, washing was strung up to flap between buildings, animals roamed the streets, and scores of barefoot kids played in the dust in middle of the road.

Gloucester Street has been realigned since 1901. The bridge over the Argyle Cut was demolished and replaced with a larger bridge over Cumberland Street in 1911−12, effectively cutting Gloucester Street in half. In 1914 the northern end of the street was realigned where it meets George Street and in 1956 Gloucester Street was again severed when the Cahill Expressway was constructed. In 1989 the northern end of Gloucester Street between the Argyle Cut and George Street was closed to traffic and became known as Gloucester Walk.

Dictionary of Australian Artview full entry
Reference: see Joan Kerr a Pictorial Biography 1938-2004, by James Semple Kerr. "Prepared to accompany Joan's papers to the National Library of Australia". Includes index.
Publishing details: Cremorne, N.S.W. : J.S. Kerr, 2006, iv, 156 p. : ill., ports.
art historyview full entry
Reference: see Joan Kerr a Pictorial Biography 1938-2004, by James Semple Kerr. "Prepared to accompany Joan's papers to the National Library of Australia". Includes index.
Publishing details: Cremorne, N.S.W. : J.S. Kerr, 2006, iv, 156 p. : ill., ports.
Art Collector The - Andrew Tuckfieldview full entry
Reference: The Art Collector [Andew Tuckfield], Joels auction 4.12,23, Sydney. 56 lots, Information on some lots in catague. With index.
Publishing details: Joels, 2023, pb, 68pp [filed with Joels catalogues.]
Thomson Nigel lot 16view full entry
Reference: The Art Collector [Andew Tuckfield], Joels auction 4.12,23, Sydney. 56 lots, Information on some lots in catague. Quinn Mark
Publishing details: Joels, 2023, pb, 68pp [filed with Joels catalogues.]
Nolan Sidney lot 13view full entry
Reference: The Art Collector [Andew Tuckfield], Joels auction 4.12,23, Sydney. 56 lots, Information on some lots in catague. Quinn Mark
Publishing details: Joels, 2023, pb, 68pp [filed with Joels catalogues.]
Fairweather Ian lot 7view full entry
Reference: The Art Collector [Andew Tuckfield], Joels auction 4.12,23, Sydney. 56 lots, Information on some lots in catague. Quinn Mark
Publishing details: Joels, 2023, pb, 68pp [filed with Joels catalogues.]
Sea of dreams - the lure of Port Phillip Bay 1830-1914view full entry
Reference: Sea of dreams - the lure of Port Phillip Bay 1830-1914. An exclusive Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery exhibition.
7 December 2011 - 19 February 2012.
Contributors: Jane Alexander, Patricia Tyron Macdonald, David Dunstan, Cindy McCreery, Leigh Astbury.Contains bibliograpical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Mornington Peninsula, Vic. : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2011 (? or 2002?}, 81 p. : ill.,
Williams Fred 4 worksview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Amor Rickview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Beckett Clarice 5 worksview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Blackman Charlesview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Boyd Arthur 4 worksview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Boyd Emma Minnieview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Boyd Penleighview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Braund Dorothyview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Cattapan Jonview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Firth-Smith Johnview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Flett Jamesview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Hayes Siriview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Hester Joyview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Kahan Louisview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Humphrey Tomview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Larwill Davidview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Lewer Richardview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
MacFarlane Stewartview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
McCcubbin Frederickview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Mora Mirkaview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Nolan Sidneyview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Orr Jillview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Papapetrou Polexeniview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Paterson Estherview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Perceval Johnview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Smith John Purvesview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Rowell Johnview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Senbergs Janview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Shannon Michaelview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Sleeth Matthewview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Smeaton Jamesview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Stokes Constanceview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Streeton Arthur 3 worksview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Sturgess R W 3 worksview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Sumner Alanview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Thake Ericview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Tucker Albertview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Twigg Julianview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
West Sharonview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Whisson Kenview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams. Part Two. Port Philip Bay 1915 – 2013. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 14 December 2013-2 March 2014. Curators: Jane Alexander, Wendy Garden; writer, Rodney James. Includes bibliographical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Tarnanthiview full entry
Reference: Tarnanthi, by Nici Cumpston. illustrated with over 200 full-colour illustrations, many double page spreads. [Tarnanthi 2023 is an up-to-the-minute survey of contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander art, featuring ambitious and innovative works of art by artists from around [To be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of South Australia, Adelaide, 2023, 52pp.
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see Tarnathi, by Nici Cumpston. illustrated with over 200 full-colour illustrations, many double page spreads. [Tarnanthi 2023 is an up-to-the-minute survey of contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander art, featuring ambitious and innovative works of art by artists from around the nation. The Tarnanthi 2023 catalogue showcases the ambitious, innovative and up-to-the-minute works of art exhibited at the acclaimed Tarnanthi Festival of contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander art.Across its 264 pages, full-colour images reveal the rich beauty and material diversity of works...]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of South Australia, Adelaide, 2023, 52pp.
Gilson Marleneview full entry
Reference: ‘Ballarat, My Country, 2020, is in the Art Gallery of NSW
MacIntosh William Priestly 1857 – 1930view full entry
Reference: in Art Gallery of New South Wales:
Youth in a tam-o'-shanter (the artist's son, Alan Macintosh), 1886, by William Priestly MacIntosh, Carrara marble bas-relief
Dimensions
60.5 x 40.5 x 4.0 cm
Gift of Glen Croker née Macintosh 2017, great grand daughter of William Priestly Macintosh
Payes Sonia photographerview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Amor Rick portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Andrew Brook portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Bartlett Geoffrey portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Bell Richard portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Boston Paul portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Browne Andrew portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Cattapan Jon portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Christensen Nadine portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Churcher Peter portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Cox Steve portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Croft Brenda L portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Crooks Daniel portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Doble Robert portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Drendel Graeme portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Floyd Emily portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Gladwell Shaun portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Gleeson James portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Goodman Jennifer portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Hall Fiona portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Pigott Gwyn Hanssen portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Harris Brent portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Headlam Kristin portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Heng Euan portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Hickey Dale portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Hookey Gordon portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Jacks Robert portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Keeling David portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Kelly John portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Laurence Janet portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Macleod Euan portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Mawurndjul John portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Moore Mary portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Morton Callum portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Nain Clinton portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Namok Rosella portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Norrie Susan portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Oliver Bronwyn portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Olsen John portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Papapetrou Polixeni portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Parr Mike portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Robertson-Swann Ron portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Robinson William portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Rhode Kate portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Rooney Robert portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Sansom Gareth portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Senbergs Jan portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Shead Garry portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Smart Jeffrey portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Smart Sally portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Strong Simon portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Thomson Ann portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Tillers Imants portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Tomescu Aida portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Valamanesh Hossein portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Wald Susan portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Mittelman Susan (Wald)portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Wei Guan portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Westcott Kim portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Wolfhagen Philip portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Wolseley John portrait of and essay onview full entry
Reference: see Untitled: Portraits of Australian Artists by Sonia Payes, introduction by Ted Snell. Includes an essay on each artist (by various writers). [’The Melbourne-based photgrapher, Sonia Payes, has spent two years travelling to 60 contemporary artists' studios and homes - with one notable living as far away as Tuscany Each of the sixty artists is captured in a large portrait and then receives a further six pages for an essay by a selected author and exciting photographs of them at work in their studios - or simply walking the dog, cooking dinner or climbing a tree This spectacular large format, 400 page, highly sophisticated publication contains 60 short essays contributed by leading Australian arts writers, critis, and acedemics drawn from across the nation. Intended to showcase the work and studio conditions of leading Australian artists at the 2007 Venice Biennale in June this year, the publication is our most ambitious to date. It is simply stunning.’] ["Sonia Payes has established herself as one of Australian leading portrait and art photographers. Though her professional life is based at her Melbourne studio, her journey as an artist takes her everywhere else. the defining characteristis of Payes' artistic practice is her innate ability to capture the essence of her various subjects; there is a palpable candour and directness about her finished image. Payes is concerned with pushing the boundaries of form and physically with her work, and to explore ideas of individual expression. Payes is represented by Charles Nodrum Gallery, Richmond, Victoria" - Inga Walton (Afterword].
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2007, hc, dw, 400pp
Queensland art and artistsview full entry
Reference: see The History of the Arts in the Wynnum and manly area, 1900 to 2003, by Betty Nock. Includes brief essays on artists.
Publishing details: Brisbane: J & B Nock, 2005, 128 pages, black and white illustrations. Pictorial wrappers.
Miller Nevil architect - brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The History of the Arts in the Wynnum and manly area, 1900 to 2003, by Betty Nock. Includes brief essays on artists.
Publishing details: Brisbane: J & B Nock, 2005, 128 pages, black and white illustrations. Pictorial wrappers.
Caswell Maurie - brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The History of the Arts in the Wynnum and manly area, 1900 to 2003, by Betty Nock. Includes brief essays on artists.
Publishing details: Brisbane: J & B Nock, 2005, 128 pages, black and white illustrations. Pictorial wrappers.
Farley Philip - brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The History of the Arts in the Wynnum and manly area, 1900 to 2003, by Betty Nock. Includes brief essays on artists.
Publishing details: Brisbane: J & B Nock, 2005, 128 pages, black and white illustrations. Pictorial wrappers.
Furlonger Alison - brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The History of the Arts in the Wynnum and manly area, 1900 to 2003, by Betty Nock. Includes brief essays on artists.
Publishing details: Brisbane: J & B Nock, 2005, 128 pages, black and white illustrations. Pictorial wrappers.
Greene Anne Alison - brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The History of the Arts in the Wynnum and manly area, 1900 to 2003, by Betty Nock. Includes brief essays on artists.
Publishing details: Brisbane: J & B Nock, 2005, 128 pages, black and white illustrations. Pictorial wrappers.
Manson Framers - brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The History of the Arts in the Wynnum and manly area, 1900 to 2003, by Betty Nock. Includes brief essays on artists.
Publishing details: Brisbane: J & B Nock, 2005, 128 pages, black and white illustrations. Pictorial wrappers.
Miller Mary - brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The History of the Arts in the Wynnum and manly area, 1900 to 2003, by Betty Nock. Includes brief essays on artists.
Publishing details: Brisbane: J & B Nock, 2005, 128 pages, black and white illustrations. Pictorial wrappers.
Nock John - brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The History of the Arts in the Wynnum and manly area, 1900 to 2003, by Betty Nock. Includes brief essays on artists.
Publishing details: Brisbane: J & B Nock, 2005, 128 pages, black and white illustrations. Pictorial wrappers.
St George-Grambauer Muriel - brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The History of the Arts in the Wynnum and manly area, 1900 to 2003, by Betty Nock. Includes brief essays on artists.
Publishing details: Brisbane: J & B Nock, 2005, 128 pages, black and white illustrations. Pictorial wrappers.
Wright Lorraine- brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The History of the Arts in the Wynnum and manly area, 1900 to 2003, by Betty Nock. Includes brief essays on artists.
Publishing details: Brisbane: J & B Nock, 2005, 128 pages, black and white illustrations. Pictorial wrappers.
Nock Walter furniture maker - brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The History of the Arts in the Wynnum and manly area, 1900 to 2003, by Betty Nock. Includes brief essays on artists.
Publishing details: Brisbane: J & B Nock, 2005, 128 pages, black and white illustrations. Pictorial wrappers.
Nock Arthur art welding - brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The History of the Arts in the Wynnum and manly area, 1900 to 2003, by Betty Nock. Includes brief essays on artists.
Publishing details: Brisbane: J & B Nock, 2005, 128 pages, black and white illustrations. Pictorial wrappers.
Nutley Reginald photography - brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The History of the Arts in the Wynnum and manly area, 1900 to 2003, by Betty Nock. Includes brief essays on artists.
Publishing details: Brisbane: J & B Nock, 2005, 128 pages, black and white illustrations. Pictorial wrappers.
Rickwood Raymond photography - brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The History of the Arts in the Wynnum and manly area, 1900 to 2003, by Betty Nock. Includes brief essays on artists.
Publishing details: Brisbane: J & B Nock, 2005, 128 pages, black and white illustrations. Pictorial wrappers.
Contemporary Australian Artview full entry
Reference: see Painters and Sculptors: Diversity in Contemporary Australian Art, by Janet Hogan. Exhibition catalogue with essays on 44 Australian artists exhibited at the Queensland Art Gallery and at the Museum of Modern Art, Saitama, Japan. Each artist’s work is accompanied by a short essay. List of artists: Davida Allen, Bruce Armstrong, David Aspden, Geoffrey Bartlett, Peter Booth, Paul Boston, Rodney Broad, Micahel Buzacott, Peter Cole, Peter Ellis, John Firth-Smith, James Gleeson, Denise Green, Robert Hunter, Robert Jacks, Vincas Jomantas, William Kelly, Stephen Killick, Robert Klippel, Jan King, Les Kossatz, Lou Lambert, Clifford Last, Keith Looby, Akio Makigawa, Victor Meertens, Robert Morris, John Olsen, Fiona Orr, David Paulson, John Peart, Anthony Pryor, Tom Risley, Ron Robertson-Swann, William Robinson, Gareth Sansom, Jan Senbergs, Gordon Spepherdson, Ian Smith, Madonna Staunton, Imants Tillers, Hossein Valamanesh, Ken Whisson, and David Wilson.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1987,. 61 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
sculpture is everytingview full entry
Reference: Sculpture is everything : contemporary works from the collection / curator Kathryn Weir. [’What is contemporary sculpture? Sculpture is Everything explores the diverse and often unexpected forms we may consider sculptural -- from film, photography, painting and performance, through to three-dimensional objects that fall outside what has been defined as 'sculpture' at different times. Published on the occasion of a major exhibition drawn from the collection of the Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane, Sculpture is Everything features in-depth curators' essays alongside interviews with artists Zilvinas Kempinas, Romuald Hazoume, Gordon Hookey, Henrique Oliveira, Marina De Caro and Lara Favaretto.’]
Publishing details: Brisbane, Queensland Art Gallery / Gallery of Modern Art, 2012, 119 p. : chiefly col. ill
Hookey Gordon interview withview full entry
Reference: see Sculpture is everything : contemporary works from the collection / curator Kathryn Weir. [’What is contemporary sculpture? Sculpture is Everything explores the diverse and often unexpected forms we may consider sculptural -- from film, photography, painting and performance, through to three-dimensional objects that fall outside what has been defined as 'sculpture' at different times. Published on the occasion of a major exhibition drawn from the collection of the Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane, Sculpture is Everything features in-depth curators' essays alongside interviews with artists Zilvinas Kempinas, Romuald Hazoume, Gordon Hookey, Henrique Oliveira, Marina De Caro and Lara Favaretto.’]
Publishing details: Brisbane, Queensland Art Gallery / Gallery of Modern Art, 2012, 119 p. : chiefly col. ill
Mellor Danieview full entry
Reference: see Sculpture is everything : contemporary works from the collection / curator Kathryn Weir. [’What is contemporary sculpture? Sculpture is Everything explores the diverse and often unexpected forms we may consider sculptural -- from film, photography, painting and performance, through to three-dimensional objects that fall outside what has been defined as 'sculpture' at different times. Published on the occasion of a major exhibition drawn from the collection of the Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane, Sculpture is Everything features in-depth curators' essays alongside interviews with artists Zilvinas Kempinas, Romuald Hazoume, Gordon Hookey, Henrique Oliveira, Marina De Caro and Lara Favaretto.’]
Publishing details: Brisbane, Queensland Art Gallery / Gallery of Modern Art, 2012, 119 p. : chiefly col. ill
Xian Ahview full entry
Reference: see Sculpture is everything : contemporary works from the collection / curator Kathryn Weir. [’What is contemporary sculpture? Sculpture is Everything explores the diverse and often unexpected forms we may consider sculptural -- from film, photography, painting and performance, through to three-dimensional objects that fall outside what has been defined as 'sculpture' at different times. Published on the occasion of a major exhibition drawn from the collection of the Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane, Sculpture is Everything features in-depth curators' essays alongside interviews with artists Zilvinas Kempinas, Romuald Hazoume, Gordon Hookey, Henrique Oliveira, Marina De Caro and Lara Favaretto.’]
Publishing details: Brisbane, Queensland Art Gallery / Gallery of Modern Art, 2012, 119 p. : chiefly col. ill
Atjarral Jackyview full entry
Reference: see Sculpture is everything : contemporary works from the collection / curator Kathryn Weir. [’What is contemporary sculpture? Sculpture is Everything explores the diverse and often unexpected forms we may consider sculptural -- from film, photography, painting and performance, through to three-dimensional objects that fall outside what has been defined as 'sculpture' at different times. Published on the occasion of a major exhibition drawn from the collection of the Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane, Sculpture is Everything features in-depth curators' essays alongside interviews with artists Zilvinas Kempinas, Romuald Hazoume, Gordon Hookey, Henrique Oliveira, Marina De Caro and Lara Favaretto.’]
Publishing details: Brisbane, Queensland Art Gallery / Gallery of Modern Art, 2012, 119 p. : chiefly col. ill
Connelly-Northey Lorraineview full entry
Reference: see Sculpture is everything : contemporary works from the collection / curator Kathryn Weir. [’What is contemporary sculpture? Sculpture is Everything explores the diverse and often unexpected forms we may consider sculptural -- from film, photography, painting and performance, through to three-dimensional objects that fall outside what has been defined as 'sculpture' at different times. Published on the occasion of a major exhibition drawn from the collection of the Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane, Sculpture is Everything features in-depth curators' essays alongside interviews with artists Zilvinas Kempinas, Romuald Hazoume, Gordon Hookey, Henrique Oliveira, Marina De Caro and Lara Favaretto.’]
Publishing details: Brisbane, Queensland Art Gallery / Gallery of Modern Art, 2012, 119 p. : chiefly col. ill
Cripps Peterview full entry
Reference: see Sculpture is everything : contemporary works from the collection / curator Kathryn Weir. [’What is contemporary sculpture? Sculpture is Everything explores the diverse and often unexpected forms we may consider sculptural -- from film, photography, painting and performance, through to three-dimensional objects that fall outside what has been defined as 'sculpture' at different times. Published on the occasion of a major exhibition drawn from the collection of the Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane, Sculpture is Everything features in-depth curators' essays alongside interviews with artists Zilvinas Kempinas, Romuald Hazoume, Gordon Hookey, Henrique Oliveira, Marina De Caro and Lara Favaretto.’]
Publishing details: Brisbane, Queensland Art Gallery / Gallery of Modern Art, 2012, 119 p. : chiefly col. ill
Danko Aleksview full entry
Reference: see Sculpture is everything : contemporary works from the collection / curator Kathryn Weir. [’What is contemporary sculpture? Sculpture is Everything explores the diverse and often unexpected forms we may consider sculptural -- from film, photography, painting and performance, through to three-dimensional objects that fall outside what has been defined as 'sculpture' at different times. Published on the occasion of a major exhibition drawn from the collection of the Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane, Sculpture is Everything features in-depth curators' essays alongside interviews with artists Zilvinas Kempinas, Romuald Hazoume, Gordon Hookey, Henrique Oliveira, Marina De Caro and Lara Favaretto.’]
Publishing details: Brisbane, Queensland Art Gallery / Gallery of Modern Art, 2012, 119 p. : chiefly col. ill
Djuttara Elizabethview full entry
Reference: see Sculpture is everything : contemporary works from the collection / curator Kathryn Weir. [’What is contemporary sculpture? Sculpture is Everything explores the diverse and often unexpected forms we may consider sculptural -- from film, photography, painting and performance, through to three-dimensional objects that fall outside what has been defined as 'sculpture' at different times. Published on the occasion of a major exhibition drawn from the collection of the Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane, Sculpture is Everything features in-depth curators' essays alongside interviews with artists Zilvinas Kempinas, Romuald Hazoume, Gordon Hookey, Henrique Oliveira, Marina De Caro and Lara Favaretto.’]
Publishing details: Brisbane, Queensland Art Gallery / Gallery of Modern Art, 2012, 119 p. : chiefly col. ill
Ganambarr Gunybiview full entry
Reference: see Sculpture is everything : contemporary works from the collection / curator Kathryn Weir. [’What is contemporary sculpture? Sculpture is Everything explores the diverse and often unexpected forms we may consider sculptural -- from film, photography, painting and performance, through to three-dimensional objects that fall outside what has been defined as 'sculpture' at different times. Published on the occasion of a major exhibition drawn from the collection of the Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane, Sculpture is Everything features in-depth curators' essays alongside interviews with artists Zilvinas Kempinas, Romuald Hazoume, Gordon Hookey, Henrique Oliveira, Marina De Caro and Lara Favaretto.’]
Publishing details: Brisbane, Queensland Art Gallery / Gallery of Modern Art, 2012, 119 p. : chiefly col. ill
Griffiths Alanview full entry
Reference: see Sculpture is everything : contemporary works from the collection / curator Kathryn Weir. [’What is contemporary sculpture? Sculpture is Everything explores the diverse and often unexpected forms we may consider sculptural -- from film, photography, painting and performance, through to three-dimensional objects that fall outside what has been defined as 'sculpture' at different times. Published on the occasion of a major exhibition drawn from the collection of the Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane, Sculpture is Everything features in-depth curators' essays alongside interviews with artists Zilvinas Kempinas, Romuald Hazoume, Gordon Hookey, Henrique Oliveira, Marina De Caro and Lara Favaretto.’]
Publishing details: Brisbane, Queensland Art Gallery / Gallery of Modern Art, 2012, 119 p. : chiefly col. ill
Jones Mathewview full entry
Reference: see Sculpture is everything : contemporary works from the collection / curator Kathryn Weir. [’What is contemporary sculpture? Sculpture is Everything explores the diverse and often unexpected forms we may consider sculptural -- from film, photography, painting and performance, through to three-dimensional objects that fall outside what has been defined as 'sculpture' at different times. Published on the occasion of a major exhibition drawn from the collection of the Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane, Sculpture is Everything features in-depth curators' essays alongside interviews with artists Zilvinas Kempinas, Romuald Hazoume, Gordon Hookey, Henrique Oliveira, Marina De Caro and Lara Favaretto.’]
Publishing details: Brisbane, Queensland Art Gallery / Gallery of Modern Art, 2012, 119 p. : chiefly col. ill
MacPherson Robertview full entry
Reference: see Sculpture is everything : contemporary works from the collection / curator Kathryn Weir. [’What is contemporary sculpture? Sculpture is Everything explores the diverse and often unexpected forms we may consider sculptural -- from film, photography, painting and performance, through to three-dimensional objects that fall outside what has been defined as 'sculpture' at different times. Published on the occasion of a major exhibition drawn from the collection of the Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane, Sculpture is Everything features in-depth curators' essays alongside interviews with artists Zilvinas Kempinas, Romuald Hazoume, Gordon Hookey, Henrique Oliveira, Marina De Caro and Lara Favaretto.’]
Publishing details: Brisbane, Queensland Art Gallery / Gallery of Modern Art, 2012, 119 p. : chiefly col. ill
Marrngamarrnga Anniebellview full entry
Reference: see Sculpture is everything : contemporary works from the collection / curator Kathryn Weir. [’What is contemporary sculpture? Sculpture is Everything explores the diverse and often unexpected forms we may consider sculptural -- from film, photography, painting and performance, through to three-dimensional objects that fall outside what has been defined as 'sculpture' at different times. Published on the occasion of a major exhibition drawn from the collection of the Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane, Sculpture is Everything features in-depth curators' essays alongside interviews with artists Zilvinas Kempinas, Romuald Hazoume, Gordon Hookey, Henrique Oliveira, Marina De Caro and Lara Favaretto.’]
Publishing details: Brisbane, Queensland Art Gallery / Gallery of Modern Art, 2012, 119 p. : chiefly col. ill
Mawurndjul Johnview full entry
Reference: see Sculpture is everything : contemporary works from the collection / curator Kathryn Weir. [’What is contemporary sculpture? Sculpture is Everything explores the diverse and often unexpected forms we may consider sculptural -- from film, photography, painting and performance, through to three-dimensional objects that fall outside what has been defined as 'sculpture' at different times. Published on the occasion of a major exhibition drawn from the collection of the Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane, Sculpture is Everything features in-depth curators' essays alongside interviews with artists Zilvinas Kempinas, Romuald Hazoume, Gordon Hookey, Henrique Oliveira, Marina De Caro and Lara Favaretto.’]
Publishing details: Brisbane, Queensland Art Gallery / Gallery of Modern Art, 2012, 119 p. : chiefly col. ill
Mosby Yessieview full entry
Reference: see Sculpture is everything : contemporary works from the collection / curator Kathryn Weir. [’What is contemporary sculpture? Sculpture is Everything explores the diverse and often unexpected forms we may consider sculptural -- from film, photography, painting and performance, through to three-dimensional objects that fall outside what has been defined as 'sculpture' at different times. Published on the occasion of a major exhibition drawn from the collection of the Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane, Sculpture is Everything features in-depth curators' essays alongside interviews with artists Zilvinas Kempinas, Romuald Hazoume, Gordon Hookey, Henrique Oliveira, Marina De Caro and Lara Favaretto.’]
Publishing details: Brisbane, Queensland Art Gallery / Gallery of Modern Art, 2012, 119 p. : chiefly col. ill
Mosby Carolynview full entry
Reference: see Sculpture is everything : contemporary works from the collection / curator Kathryn Weir. [’What is contemporary sculpture? Sculpture is Everything explores the diverse and often unexpected forms we may consider sculptural -- from film, photography, painting and performance, through to three-dimensional objects that fall outside what has been defined as 'sculpture' at different times. Published on the occasion of a major exhibition drawn from the collection of the Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane, Sculpture is Everything features in-depth curators' essays alongside interviews with artists Zilvinas Kempinas, Romuald Hazoume, Gordon Hookey, Henrique Oliveira, Marina De Caro and Lara Favaretto.’]
Publishing details: Brisbane, Queensland Art Gallery / Gallery of Modern Art, 2012, 119 p. : chiefly col. ill
Mosby Barnishaview full entry
Reference: see Sculpture is everything : contemporary works from the collection / curator Kathryn Weir. [’What is contemporary sculpture? Sculpture is Everything explores the diverse and often unexpected forms we may consider sculptural -- from film, photography, painting and performance, through to three-dimensional objects that fall outside what has been defined as 'sculpture' at different times. Published on the occasion of a major exhibition drawn from the collection of the Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane, Sculpture is Everything features in-depth curators' essays alongside interviews with artists Zilvinas Kempinas, Romuald Hazoume, Gordon Hookey, Henrique Oliveira, Marina De Caro and Lara Favaretto.’]
Publishing details: Brisbane, Queensland Art Gallery / Gallery of Modern Art, 2012, 119 p. : chiefly col. ill
Ngallametta Joeview full entry
Reference: see Sculpture is everything : contemporary works from the collection / curator Kathryn Weir. [’What is contemporary sculpture? Sculpture is Everything explores the diverse and often unexpected forms we may consider sculptural -- from film, photography, painting and performance, through to three-dimensional objects that fall outside what has been defined as 'sculpture' at different times. Published on the occasion of a major exhibition drawn from the collection of the Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane, Sculpture is Everything features in-depth curators' essays alongside interviews with artists Zilvinas Kempinas, Romuald Hazoume, Gordon Hookey, Henrique Oliveira, Marina De Caro and Lara Favaretto.’]
Publishing details: Brisbane, Queensland Art Gallery / Gallery of Modern Art, 2012, 119 p. : chiefly col. ill
Onus Linview full entry
Reference: see Sculpture is everything : contemporary works from the collection / curator Kathryn Weir. [’What is contemporary sculpture? Sculpture is Everything explores the diverse and often unexpected forms we may consider sculptural -- from film, photography, painting and performance, through to three-dimensional objects that fall outside what has been defined as 'sculpture' at different times. Published on the occasion of a major exhibition drawn from the collection of the Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane, Sculpture is Everything features in-depth curators' essays alongside interviews with artists Zilvinas Kempinas, Romuald Hazoume, Gordon Hookey, Henrique Oliveira, Marina De Caro and Lara Favaretto.’]
Publishing details: Brisbane, Queensland Art Gallery / Gallery of Modern Art, 2012, 119 p. : chiefly col. ill
Parr Mikeview full entry
Reference: see Sculpture is everything : contemporary works from the collection / curator Kathryn Weir. [’What is contemporary sculpture? Sculpture is Everything explores the diverse and often unexpected forms we may consider sculptural -- from film, photography, painting and performance, through to three-dimensional objects that fall outside what has been defined as 'sculpture' at different times. Published on the occasion of a major exhibition drawn from the collection of the Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane, Sculpture is Everything features in-depth curators' essays alongside interviews with artists Zilvinas Kempinas, Romuald Hazoume, Gordon Hookey, Henrique Oliveira, Marina De Caro and Lara Favaretto.’]
Publishing details: Brisbane, Queensland Art Gallery / Gallery of Modern Art, 2012, 119 p. : chiefly col. ill
Piccinini Patriciaview full entry
Reference: see Sculpture is everything : contemporary works from the collection / curator Kathryn Weir. [’What is contemporary sculpture? Sculpture is Everything explores the diverse and often unexpected forms we may consider sculptural -- from film, photography, painting and performance, through to three-dimensional objects that fall outside what has been defined as 'sculpture' at different times. Published on the occasion of a major exhibition drawn from the collection of the Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane, Sculpture is Everything features in-depth curators' essays alongside interviews with artists Zilvinas Kempinas, Romuald Hazoume, Gordon Hookey, Henrique Oliveira, Marina De Caro and Lara Favaretto.’]
Publishing details: Brisbane, Queensland Art Gallery / Gallery of Modern Art, 2012, 119 p. : chiefly col. ill
Redford Scottview full entry
Reference: see Sculpture is everything : contemporary works from the collection / curator Kathryn Weir. [’What is contemporary sculpture? Sculpture is Everything explores the diverse and often unexpected forms we may consider sculptural -- from film, photography, painting and performance, through to three-dimensional objects that fall outside what has been defined as 'sculpture' at different times. Published on the occasion of a major exhibition drawn from the collection of the Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane, Sculpture is Everything features in-depth curators' essays alongside interviews with artists Zilvinas Kempinas, Romuald Hazoume, Gordon Hookey, Henrique Oliveira, Marina De Caro and Lara Favaretto.’]
Publishing details: Brisbane, Queensland Art Gallery / Gallery of Modern Art, 2012, 119 p. : chiefly col. ill
Ringholt Stuartview full entry
Reference: see Sculpture is everything : contemporary works from the collection / curator Kathryn Weir. [’What is contemporary sculpture? Sculpture is Everything explores the diverse and often unexpected forms we may consider sculptural -- from film, photography, painting and performance, through to three-dimensional objects that fall outside what has been defined as 'sculpture' at different times. Published on the occasion of a major exhibition drawn from the collection of the Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane, Sculpture is Everything features in-depth curators' essays alongside interviews with artists Zilvinas Kempinas, Romuald Hazoume, Gordon Hookey, Henrique Oliveira, Marina De Caro and Lara Favaretto.’]
Publishing details: Brisbane, Queensland Art Gallery / Gallery of Modern Art, 2012, 119 p. : chiefly col. ill
Rubuntja Ronaview full entry
Reference: see Sculpture is everything : contemporary works from the collection / curator Kathryn Weir. [’What is contemporary sculpture? Sculpture is Everything explores the diverse and often unexpected forms we may consider sculptural -- from film, photography, painting and performance, through to three-dimensional objects that fall outside what has been defined as 'sculpture' at different times. Published on the occasion of a major exhibition drawn from the collection of the Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane, Sculpture is Everything features in-depth curators' essays alongside interviews with artists Zilvinas Kempinas, Romuald Hazoume, Gordon Hookey, Henrique Oliveira, Marina De Caro and Lara Favaretto.’]
Publishing details: Brisbane, Queensland Art Gallery / Gallery of Modern Art, 2012, 119 p. : chiefly col. ill
Sabatino Reggieview full entry
Reference: see Sculpture is everything : contemporary works from the collection / curator Kathryn Weir. [’What is contemporary sculpture? Sculpture is Everything explores the diverse and often unexpected forms we may consider sculptural -- from film, photography, painting and performance, through to three-dimensional objects that fall outside what has been defined as 'sculpture' at different times. Published on the occasion of a major exhibition drawn from the collection of the Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane, Sculpture is Everything features in-depth curators' essays alongside interviews with artists Zilvinas Kempinas, Romuald Hazoume, Gordon Hookey, Henrique Oliveira, Marina De Caro and Lara Favaretto.’]
Publishing details: Brisbane, Queensland Art Gallery / Gallery of Modern Art, 2012, 119 p. : chiefly col. ill
Temin Kathyview full entry
Reference: see Sculpture is everything : contemporary works from the collection / curator Kathryn Weir. [’What is contemporary sculpture? Sculpture is Everything explores the diverse and often unexpected forms we may consider sculptural -- from film, photography, painting and performance, through to three-dimensional objects that fall outside what has been defined as 'sculpture' at different times. Published on the occasion of a major exhibition drawn from the collection of the Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane, Sculpture is Everything features in-depth curators' essays alongside interviews with artists Zilvinas Kempinas, Romuald Hazoume, Gordon Hookey, Henrique Oliveira, Marina De Caro and Lara Favaretto.’]
Publishing details: Brisbane, Queensland Art Gallery / Gallery of Modern Art, 2012, 119 p. : chiefly col. ill
Thaiday Ken Snrview full entry
Reference: see Sculpture is everything : contemporary works from the collection / curator Kathryn Weir. [’What is contemporary sculpture? Sculpture is Everything explores the diverse and often unexpected forms we may consider sculptural -- from film, photography, painting and performance, through to three-dimensional objects that fall outside what has been defined as 'sculpture' at different times. Published on the occasion of a major exhibition drawn from the collection of the Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane, Sculpture is Everything features in-depth curators' essays alongside interviews with artists Zilvinas Kempinas, Romuald Hazoume, Gordon Hookey, Henrique Oliveira, Marina De Caro and Lara Favaretto.’]
Publishing details: Brisbane, Queensland Art Gallery / Gallery of Modern Art, 2012, 119 p. : chiefly col. ill
Thaiday Patrickview full entry
Reference: see Sculpture is everything : contemporary works from the collection / curator Kathryn Weir. [’What is contemporary sculpture? Sculpture is Everything explores the diverse and often unexpected forms we may consider sculptural -- from film, photography, painting and performance, through to three-dimensional objects that fall outside what has been defined as 'sculpture' at different times. Published on the occasion of a major exhibition drawn from the collection of the Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane, Sculpture is Everything features in-depth curators' essays alongside interviews with artists Zilvinas Kempinas, Romuald Hazoume, Gordon Hookey, Henrique Oliveira, Marina De Caro and Lara Favaretto.’]
Publishing details: Brisbane, Queensland Art Gallery / Gallery of Modern Art, 2012, 119 p. : chiefly col. ill
Tully Peterview full entry
Reference: see Sculpture is everything : contemporary works from the collection / curator Kathryn Weir. [’What is contemporary sculpture? Sculpture is Everything explores the diverse and often unexpected forms we may consider sculptural -- from film, photography, painting and performance, through to three-dimensional objects that fall outside what has been defined as 'sculpture' at different times. Published on the occasion of a major exhibition drawn from the collection of the Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane, Sculpture is Everything features in-depth curators' essays alongside interviews with artists Zilvinas Kempinas, Romuald Hazoume, Gordon Hookey, Henrique Oliveira, Marina De Caro and Lara Favaretto.’]
Publishing details: Brisbane, Queensland Art Gallery / Gallery of Modern Art, 2012, 119 p. : chiefly col. ill
Ungwanata Rahelview full entry
Reference: see Sculpture is everything : contemporary works from the collection / curator Kathryn Weir. [’What is contemporary sculpture? Sculpture is Everything explores the diverse and often unexpected forms we may consider sculptural -- from film, photography, painting and performance, through to three-dimensional objects that fall outside what has been defined as 'sculpture' at different times. Published on the occasion of a major exhibition drawn from the collection of the Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane, Sculpture is Everything features in-depth curators' essays alongside interviews with artists Zilvinas Kempinas, Romuald Hazoume, Gordon Hookey, Henrique Oliveira, Marina De Caro and Lara Favaretto.’]
Publishing details: Brisbane, Queensland Art Gallery / Gallery of Modern Art, 2012, 119 p. : chiefly col. ill
Weaver Louiseview full entry
Reference: see Sculpture is everything : contemporary works from the collection / curator Kathryn Weir. [’What is contemporary sculpture? Sculpture is Everything explores the diverse and often unexpected forms we may consider sculptural -- from film, photography, painting and performance, through to three-dimensional objects that fall outside what has been defined as 'sculpture' at different times. Published on the occasion of a major exhibition drawn from the collection of the Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane, Sculpture is Everything features in-depth curators' essays alongside interviews with artists Zilvinas Kempinas, Romuald Hazoume, Gordon Hookey, Henrique Oliveira, Marina De Caro and Lara Favaretto.’]
Publishing details: Brisbane, Queensland Art Gallery / Gallery of Modern Art, 2012, 119 p. : chiefly col. ill
Wunungmurra Nawurapuview full entry
Reference: see Sculpture is everything : contemporary works from the collection / curator Kathryn Weir. [’What is contemporary sculpture? Sculpture is Everything explores the diverse and often unexpected forms we may consider sculptural -- from film, photography, painting and performance, through to three-dimensional objects that fall outside what has been defined as 'sculpture' at different times. Published on the occasion of a major exhibition drawn from the collection of the Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane, Sculpture is Everything features in-depth curators' essays alongside interviews with artists Zilvinas Kempinas, Romuald Hazoume, Gordon Hookey, Henrique Oliveira, Marina De Caro and Lara Favaretto.’]
Publishing details: Brisbane, Queensland Art Gallery / Gallery of Modern Art, 2012, 119 p. : chiefly col. ill
Yarinkura Lenaview full entry
Reference: see Sculpture is everything : contemporary works from the collection / curator Kathryn Weir. [’What is contemporary sculpture? Sculpture is Everything explores the diverse and often unexpected forms we may consider sculptural -- from film, photography, painting and performance, through to three-dimensional objects that fall outside what has been defined as 'sculpture' at different times. Published on the occasion of a major exhibition drawn from the collection of the Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane, Sculpture is Everything features in-depth curators' essays alongside interviews with artists Zilvinas Kempinas, Romuald Hazoume, Gordon Hookey, Henrique Oliveira, Marina De Caro and Lara Favaretto.’]
Publishing details: Brisbane, Queensland Art Gallery / Gallery of Modern Art, 2012, 119 p. : chiefly col. ill
Galaska-Gietka Maria essayview full entry
Reference: see Roses and red earth : Polish folk art in Australia / Maria Wrońska-Friend. A Touring Exhibition 2000-2001. Essays by Aleksamder Jackowski, Jerzy Smolicz and Maria Wrońska-Friend. Includes some artists profiles. Also Titled Polish folk art in Australia

Publishing details: Perc Tucker Regional Gallery
Published South Yarra, Vic. : Macmillan Art Pub., c2000, 127 p. : col. ill. ; 20 x 23 cm.
Polish folk art in Australiaview full entry
Reference: see Roses and red earth : Polish folk art in Australia / Maria Wrońska-Friend. A Touring Exhibition 2000-2001. Essays by Aleksamder Jackowski, Jerzy Smolicz and Maria Wrońska-Friend. Includes some artists profiles. Also Titled Polish folk art in Australia

Publishing details: Perc Tucker Regional Gallery
Published South Yarra, Vic. : Macmillan Art Pub., c2000, 127 p. : col. ill. ; 20 x 23 cm.
Genek Zdzistaw essayview full entry
Reference: see Roses and red earth : Polish folk art in Australia / Maria Wrońska-Friend. A Touring Exhibition 2000-2001. Essays by Aleksamder Jackowski, Jerzy Smolicz and Maria Wrońska-Friend. Includes some artists profiles. Also Titled Polish folk art in Australia

Publishing details: Perc Tucker Regional Gallery
Published South Yarra, Vic. : Macmillan Art Pub., c2000, 127 p. : col. ill. ; 20 x 23 cm.
Golda Agnieszka essayview full entry
Reference: see Roses and red earth : Polish folk art in Australia / Maria Wrońska-Friend. A Touring Exhibition 2000-2001. Essays by Aleksamder Jackowski, Jerzy Smolicz and Maria Wrońska-Friend. Includes some artists profiles. Also Titled Polish folk art in Australia

Publishing details: Perc Tucker Regional Gallery
Published South Yarra, Vic. : Macmillan Art Pub., c2000, 127 p. : col. ill. ; 20 x 23 cm.
Groblicka Lidia essayview full entry
Reference: see Roses and red earth : Polish folk art in Australia / Maria Wrońska-Friend. A Touring Exhibition 2000-2001. Essays by Aleksamder Jackowski, Jerzy Smolicz and Maria Wrońska-Friend. Includes some artists profiles. Also Titled Polish folk art in Australia

Publishing details: Perc Tucker Regional Gallery
Published South Yarra, Vic. : Macmillan Art Pub., c2000, 127 p. : col. ill. ; 20 x 23 cm.
Luzny Krystyna essayview full entry
Reference: see Roses and red earth : Polish folk art in Australia / Maria Wrońska-Friend. A Touring Exhibition 2000-2001. Essays by Aleksamder Jackowski, Jerzy Smolicz and Maria Wrońska-Friend. Includes some artists profiles. Also Titled Polish folk art in Australia

Publishing details: Perc Tucker Regional Gallery
Published South Yarra, Vic. : Macmillan Art Pub., c2000, 127 p. : col. ill. ; 20 x 23 cm.
Michalska Danuta essayview full entry
Reference: see Roses and red earth : Polish folk art in Australia / Maria Wrońska-Friend. A Touring Exhibition 2000-2001. Essays by Aleksamder Jackowski, Jerzy Smolicz and Maria Wrońska-Friend. Includes some artists profiles. Also Titled Polish folk art in Australia

Publishing details: Perc Tucker Regional Gallery
Published South Yarra, Vic. : Macmillan Art Pub., c2000, 127 p. : col. ill. ; 20 x 23 cm.
Murawski Tadeusz Ted essayview full entry
Reference: see Roses and red earth : Polish folk art in Australia / Maria Wrońska-Friend. A Touring Exhibition 2000-2001. Essays by Aleksamder Jackowski, Jerzy Smolicz and Maria Wrońska-Friend. Includes some artists profiles. Also Titled Polish folk art in Australia

Publishing details: Perc Tucker Regional Gallery
Published South Yarra, Vic. : Macmillan Art Pub., c2000, 127 p. : col. ill. ; 20 x 23 cm.
Pyrz-Romanyk Elizabeth essayview full entry
Reference: see Roses and red earth : Polish folk art in Australia / Maria Wrońska-Friend. A Touring Exhibition 2000-2001. Essays by Aleksamder Jackowski, Jerzy Smolicz and Maria Wrońska-Friend. Includes some artists profiles. Also Titled Polish folk art in Australia

Publishing details: Perc Tucker Regional Gallery
Published South Yarra, Vic. : Macmillan Art Pub., c2000, 127 p. : col. ill. ; 20 x 23 cm.
Rypinska Kinga essayview full entry
Reference: see Roses and red earth : Polish folk art in Australia / Maria Wrońska-Friend. A Touring Exhibition 2000-2001. Essays by Aleksamder Jackowski, Jerzy Smolicz and Maria Wrońska-Friend. Includes some artists profiles. Also Titled Polish folk art in Australia

Publishing details: Perc Tucker Regional Gallery
Published South Yarra, Vic. : Macmillan Art Pub., c2000, 127 p. : col. ill. ; 20 x 23 cm.
Tuszynski Felix essayview full entry
Reference: see Roses and red earth : Polish folk art in Australia / Maria Wrońska-Friend. A Touring Exhibition 2000-2001. Essays by Aleksamder Jackowski, Jerzy Smolicz and Maria Wrońska-Friend. Includes some artists profiles. Also Titled Polish folk art in Australia

Publishing details: Perc Tucker Regional Gallery
Published South Yarra, Vic. : Macmillan Art Pub., c2000, 127 p. : col. ill. ; 20 x 23 cm.
Wojak Ana essayview full entry
Reference: see Roses and red earth : Polish folk art in Australia / Maria Wrońska-Friend. A Touring Exhibition 2000-2001. Essays by Aleksamder Jackowski, Jerzy Smolicz and Maria Wrońska-Friend. Includes some artists profiles. Also Titled Polish folk art in Australia

Publishing details: Perc Tucker Regional Gallery
Published South Yarra, Vic. : Macmillan Art Pub., c2000, 127 p. : col. ill. ; 20 x 23 cm.
Ritchie Charles portrait of Cynthia Nolan p128-9view full entry
Reference: see Cynthia Nolan - a biography, by M E. McGuire. [’Cynthia Reed, single mother, psychiatric nurse, novelist and connoisseur, married Sidney Nolan in Sydney in 1948. England served as their home base from 1953 till her death in 1976, territory charted in her four travel books.
This biography is drawn from her books in depth and from her intimate letters to her brother John and his wife, Sunday Reed between 1927, when she was nineteen, and 1944 when their correspondence ceased.
Her unpopularity in Australia in the sixties is accounted for and the stereotypes of the envious sister-in-law, the mad artist’s wife and the nihilistic suicide dismantled.’]
Publishing details: Melbourne Books, 2016, 190 pages, illustrations, some colour. Quarter purple cloth, pictorial papered boards.
Tweddle Isabel H portrait of Cynthia Nolan p128-9view full entry
Reference: see Cynthia Nolan - a biography, by M E. McGuire. [’Cynthia Reed, single mother, psychiatric nurse, novelist and connoisseur, married Sidney Nolan in Sydney in 1948. England served as their home base from 1953 till her death in 1976, territory charted in her four travel books.
This biography is drawn from her books in depth and from her intimate letters to her brother John and his wife, Sunday Reed between 1927, when she was nineteen, and 1944 when their correspondence ceased.
Her unpopularity in Australia in the sixties is accounted for and the stereotypes of the envious sister-in-law, the mad artist’s wife and the nihilistic suicide dismantled.’]
Publishing details: Melbourne Books, 2016, 190 pages, illustrations, some colour. Quarter purple cloth, pictorial papered boards.
Dyring Moya portrait of Cynthia Nolan p128-9view full entry
Reference: see Cynthia Nolan - a biography, by M E. McGuire. [’Cynthia Reed, single mother, psychiatric nurse, novelist and connoisseur, married Sidney Nolan in Sydney in 1948. England served as their home base from 1953 till her death in 1976, territory charted in her four travel books.
This biography is drawn from her books in depth and from her intimate letters to her brother John and his wife, Sunday Reed between 1927, when she was nineteen, and 1944 when their correspondence ceased.
Her unpopularity in Australia in the sixties is accounted for and the stereotypes of the envious sister-in-law, the mad artist’s wife and the nihilistic suicide dismantled.’]
Publishing details: Melbourne Books, 2016, 190 pages, illustrations, some colour. Quarter purple cloth, pictorial papered boards.
Nolan Sidneyview full entry
Reference: see Cynthia Nolan - a biography, by M E. McGuire. [’Cynthia Reed, single mother, psychiatric nurse, novelist and connoisseur, married Sidney Nolan in Sydney in 1948. England served as their home base from 1953 till her death in 1976, territory charted in her four travel books.
This biography is drawn from her books in depth and from her intimate letters to her brother John and his wife, Sunday Reed between 1927, when she was nineteen, and 1944 when their correspondence ceased.
Her unpopularity in Australia in the sixties is accounted for and the stereotypes of the envious sister-in-law, the mad artist’s wife and the nihilistic suicide dismantled.’]
Publishing details: Melbourne Books, 2016, 190 pages, illustrations, some colour. Quarter purple cloth, pictorial papered boards.
Reed Cynthia see Nolan Cynthiaview full entry
Reference: see Cynthia Nolan - a biography, by M E. McGuire. [’Cynthia Reed, single mother, psychiatric nurse, novelist and connoisseur, married Sidney Nolan in Sydney in 1948. England served as their home base from 1953 till her death in 1976, territory charted in her four travel books.
This biography is drawn from her books in depth and from her intimate letters to her brother John and his wife, Sunday Reed between 1927, when she was nineteen, and 1944 when their correspondence ceased.
Her unpopularity in Australia in the sixties is accounted for and the stereotypes of the envious sister-in-law, the mad artist’s wife and the nihilistic suicide dismantled.’]
Publishing details: Melbourne Books, 2016, 190 pages, illustrations, some colour. Quarter purple cloth, pictorial papered boards.
Reed family anf Heideview full entry
Reference: see Cynthia Nolan - a biography, by M E. McGuire. [’Cynthia Reed, single mother, psychiatric nurse, novelist and connoisseur, married Sidney Nolan in Sydney in 1948. England served as their home base from 1953 till her death in 1976, territory charted in her four travel books.
This biography is drawn from her books in depth and from her intimate letters to her brother John and his wife, Sunday Reed between 1927, when she was nineteen, and 1944 when their correspondence ceased.
Her unpopularity in Australia in the sixties is accounted for and the stereotypes of the envious sister-in-law, the mad artist’s wife and the nihilistic suicide dismantled.’]
Publishing details: Melbourne Books, 2016, 190 pages, illustrations, some colour. Quarter purple cloth, pictorial papered boards.
Heideview full entry
Reference: see Cynthia Nolan - a biography, by M E. McGuire. [’Cynthia Reed, single mother, psychiatric nurse, novelist and connoisseur, married Sidney Nolan in Sydney in 1948. England served as their home base from 1953 till her death in 1976, territory charted in her four travel books.
This biography is drawn from her books in depth and from her intimate letters to her brother John and his wife, Sunday Reed between 1927, when she was nineteen, and 1944 when their correspondence ceased.
Her unpopularity in Australia in the sixties is accounted for and the stereotypes of the envious sister-in-law, the mad artist’s wife and the nihilistic suicide dismantled.’]
Publishing details: Melbourne Books, 2016, 190 pages, illustrations, some colour. Quarter purple cloth, pictorial papered boards.
Photography in Queenslandview full entry
Reference: see Queensland Pictorialist Photography 1920-1950, by Sue Smith. Includes biographical notes on photographers.
Publishing details: QAG, 1984. pb, 32pp.
Berriman Stanview full entry
Reference: see Queensland Pictorialist Photography 1920-1950, by Sue Smith. Includes biographical notes on photographers.
Publishing details: QAG, 1984. pb, 32pp.
Crook-King F Gview full entry
Reference: see Queensland Pictorialist Photography 1920-1950, by Sue Smith. Includes biographical notes on photographers.
Publishing details: QAG, 1984. pb, 32pp.
Deck Norman Cview full entry
Reference: see Queensland Pictorialist Photography 1920-1950, by Sue Smith. Includes biographical notes on photographers.
Publishing details: QAG, 1984. pb, 32pp.
Eutrope Stanley Wview full entry
Reference: see Queensland Pictorialist Photography 1920-1950, by Sue Smith. Includes biographical notes on photographers.
Publishing details: QAG, 1984. pb, 32pp.
Foster J Hview full entry
Reference: see Queensland Pictorialist Photography 1920-1950, by Sue Smith. Includes biographical notes on photographers.
Publishing details: QAG, 1984. pb, 32pp.
Gibbins Johnview full entry
Reference: see Queensland Pictorialist Photography 1920-1950, by Sue Smith. Includes biographical notes on photographers.
Publishing details: QAG, 1984. pb, 32pp.
McKay Lesview full entry
Reference: see Queensland Pictorialist Photography 1920-1950, by Sue Smith. Includes biographical notes on photographers.
Publishing details: QAG, 1984. pb, 32pp.
Murray James Aview full entry
Reference: see Queensland Pictorialist Photography 1920-1950, by Sue Smith. Includes biographical notes on photographers.
Publishing details: QAG, 1984. pb, 32pp.
Orthman Walterview full entry
Reference: see Queensland Pictorialist Photography 1920-1950, by Sue Smith. Includes biographical notes on photographers.
Publishing details: QAG, 1984. pb, 32pp.
Robson Williamview full entry
Reference: see Queensland Pictorialist Photography 1920-1950, by Sue Smith. Includes biographical notes on photographers.
Publishing details: QAG, 1984. pb, 32pp.
Simmonds Roseview full entry
Reference: see Queensland Pictorialist Photography 1920-1950, by Sue Smith. Includes biographical notes on photographers.
Publishing details: QAG, 1984. pb, 32pp.
Snape Heweart Aview full entry
Reference: see Queensland Pictorialist Photography 1920-1950, by Sue Smith. Includes biographical notes on photographers.
Publishing details: QAG, 1984. pb, 32pp.
Parr Mike view full entry
Reference: see 40 years : Kaldor public art projects / editor, Sophie Forbat.
Summary: The Art Gallery of New South Wales is celebrating four decades of John Kaldor's public art in an exhibition containing archival material, photographs and unique television footage.
Incomplete contents • Foreword / Edmund Capon
• Preface / John Kaldor
• An Australian odyssey: connecting to international contemporary art / Anthony Bond
• Coasts, beaches and shorelines: the experimental practice of art / Carolyn Christov-Bakargiev
• Reminiscing / Daniel Thomas
• The artist as model / John Kaldor in coversaiton with Nicholas Baume
• projects 1969-2009 / Sophie Forbat
• 1969 / Christo and Jeanne-Claude
• 1971 / Harald Szeemann
• 1973 / Gilbert & George
• 1973 / Miralda
• 1976 / Charlotte Moorman and Nam June Paik
• 1977 / Sol LeWitt
• 1977 / Richard Long
• 1984 / An Australian accent: Mike Parr, Imants Tillers, Ken Unsworth
• 1990 / Christo & Jeanne-Claude
• 1995 / Jeff Koons
• 1998 / Sol LeWitt
• 1999 / Vanessa Beecroft
• 2003 / Ugo Rondinone
• 2004 / Barry McGee
• 2007 / Urs Fischer
• 2007 / Gregor Schneider
• 2008 /
• Bill Viola
• 2008 / Martin Boyce
• 2009 / Tatzu Nishi
• MOVE / video art in schools / Adam Free
• Bibliography
• Index.
Publishing details: Kaldor Public Art Projects, 2009 
295 p. : ill. (some col.), facsims., ports.
Tillers Imantsview full entry
Reference: see 40 years : Kaldor public art projects / editor, Sophie Forbat.
Summary: The Art Gallery of New South Wales is celebrating four decades of John Kaldor's public art in an exhibition containing archival material, photographs and unique television footage.
Incomplete contents • Foreword / Edmund Capon
• Preface / John Kaldor
• An Australian odyssey: connecting to international contemporary art / Anthony Bond
• Coasts, beaches and shorelines: the experimental practice of art / Carolyn Christov-Bakargiev
• Reminiscing / Daniel Thomas
• The artist as model / John Kaldor in coversaiton with Nicholas Baume
• projects 1969-2009 / Sophie Forbat
• 1969 / Christo and Jeanne-Claude
• 1971 / Harald Szeemann
• 1973 / Gilbert & George
• 1973 / Miralda
• 1976 / Charlotte Moorman and Nam June Paik
• 1977 / Sol LeWitt
• 1977 / Richard Long
• 1984 / An Australian accent: Mike Parr, Imants Tillers, Ken Unsworth
• 1990 / Christo & Jeanne-Claude
• 1995 / Jeff Koons
• 1998 / Sol LeWitt
• 1999 / Vanessa Beecroft
• 2003 / Ugo Rondinone
• 2004 / Barry McGee
• 2007 / Urs Fischer
• 2007 / Gregor Schneider
• 2008 /
• Bill Viola
• 2008 / Martin Boyce
• 2009 / Tatzu Nishi
• MOVE / video art in schools / Adam Free
• Bibliography
• Index.
Publishing details: Kaldor Public Art Projects, 2009 
295 p. : ill. (some col.), facsims., ports.
Unsworth Kenview full entry
Reference: see 40 years : Kaldor public art projects / editor, Sophie Forbat.
Summary: The Art Gallery of New South Wales is celebrating four decades of John Kaldor's public art in an exhibition containing archival material, photographs and unique television footage.
Incomplete contents • Foreword / Edmund Capon
• Preface / John Kaldor
• An Australian odyssey: connecting to international contemporary art / Anthony Bond
• Coasts, beaches and shorelines: the experimental practice of art / Carolyn Christov-Bakargiev
• Reminiscing / Daniel Thomas
• The artist as model / John Kaldor in coversaiton with Nicholas Baume
• projects 1969-2009 / Sophie Forbat
• 1969 / Christo and Jeanne-Claude
• 1971 / Harald Szeemann
• 1973 / Gilbert & George
• 1973 / Miralda
• 1976 / Charlotte Moorman and Nam June Paik
• 1977 / Sol LeWitt
• 1977 / Richard Long
• 1984 / An Australian accent: Mike Parr, Imants Tillers, Ken Unsworth
• 1990 / Christo & Jeanne-Claude
• 1995 / Jeff Koons
• 1998 / Sol LeWitt
• 1999 / Vanessa Beecroft
• 2003 / Ugo Rondinone
• 2004 / Barry McGee
• 2007 / Urs Fischer
• 2007 / Gregor Schneider
• 2008 /
• Bill Viola
• 2008 / Martin Boyce
• 2009 / Tatzu Nishi
• MOVE / video art in schools / Adam Free
• Bibliography
• Index.
Publishing details: Kaldor Public Art Projects, 2009 
295 p. : ill. (some col.), facsims., ports.
Lindt J Wview full entry
Reference: see The darkroom : photography and the theatre of desire, by Anne Marsh.
Anne Marsh’s treatise on the art of photography traces its theoretical underpinning from the early debates between the rationalists and the fantasists, through psychoanalytical interpretations, to the theatre of desire. She investigates the role of photography in ghostly performances’, the masking of desire’ and high camp aesthetics’ – through to performance art’ and the role of the photographer as a gender terrorist’ – as in the work of Del LaGrace Volcano. The study concludes with notable examples of postmodern photography as they have occurred in the Australian context. This ground-breaking work by a leading Monash University academic will interest all students of photography and followers of recent trends in art and art theory.
Includes reproductions of works by Leah King-Smith, Gordon Bennett, Tracey Moffatt, Linda Sproul, Pat Brassington, Jill Orr, Mike Parr, Polixeni Papapetrou, Joel Peter Witkin, Man Ray, Hans Bellmer, Julia Margaret Cameron, J. W. Lindt et al.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Macmillan, 2003. Octavo, boards in dustjacket, pp. 287, 30 unnumbered leaves of plates,.
King-Smith Leah view full entry
Reference: see The darkroom : photography and the theatre of desire, by Anne Marsh.
Anne Marsh’s treatise on the art of photography traces its theoretical underpinning from the early debates between the rationalists and the fantasists, through psychoanalytical interpretations, to the theatre of desire. She investigates the role of photography in ghostly performances’, the masking of desire’ and high camp aesthetics’ – through to performance art’ and the role of the photographer as a gender terrorist’ – as in the work of Del LaGrace Volcano. The study concludes with notable examples of postmodern photography as they have occurred in the Australian context. This ground-breaking work by a leading Monash University academic will interest all students of photography and followers of recent trends in art and art theory.
Includes reproductions of works by Leah King-Smith, Gordon Bennett, Tracey Moffatt, Linda Sproul, Pat Brassington, Jill Orr, Mike Parr, Polixeni Papapetrou, Joel Peter Witkin, Man Ray, Hans Bellmer, Julia Margaret Cameron, J. W. Lindt et al.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Macmillan, 2003. Octavo, boards in dustjacket, pp. 287, 30 unnumbered leaves of plates,.
Bennett Gordon view full entry
Reference: see The darkroom : photography and the theatre of desire, by Anne Marsh.
Anne Marsh’s treatise on the art of photography traces its theoretical underpinning from the early debates between the rationalists and the fantasists, through psychoanalytical interpretations, to the theatre of desire. She investigates the role of photography in ghostly performances’, the masking of desire’ and high camp aesthetics’ – through to performance art’ and the role of the photographer as a gender terrorist’ – as in the work of Del LaGrace Volcano. The study concludes with notable examples of postmodern photography as they have occurred in the Australian context. This ground-breaking work by a leading Monash University academic will interest all students of photography and followers of recent trends in art and art theory.
Includes reproductions of works by Leah King-Smith, Gordon Bennett, Tracey Moffatt, Linda Sproul, Pat Brassington, Jill Orr, Mike Parr, Polixeni Papapetrou, Joel Peter Witkin, Man Ray, Hans Bellmer, Julia Margaret Cameron, J. W. Lindt et al.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Macmillan, 2003. Octavo, boards in dustjacket, pp. 287, 30 unnumbered leaves of plates,.
Moffatt Tracey view full entry
Reference: see The darkroom : photography and the theatre of desire, by Anne Marsh.
Anne Marsh’s treatise on the art of photography traces its theoretical underpinning from the early debates between the rationalists and the fantasists, through psychoanalytical interpretations, to the theatre of desire. She investigates the role of photography in ghostly performances’, the masking of desire’ and high camp aesthetics’ – through to performance art’ and the role of the photographer as a gender terrorist’ – as in the work of Del LaGrace Volcano. The study concludes with notable examples of postmodern photography as they have occurred in the Australian context. This ground-breaking work by a leading Monash University academic will interest all students of photography and followers of recent trends in art and art theory.
Includes reproductions of works by Leah King-Smith, Gordon Bennett, Tracey Moffatt, Linda Sproul, Pat Brassington, Jill Orr, Mike Parr, Polixeni Papapetrou, Joel Peter Witkin, Man Ray, Hans Bellmer, Julia Margaret Cameron, J. W. Lindt et al.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Macmillan, 2003. Octavo, boards in dustjacket, pp. 287, 30 unnumbered leaves of plates,.
Sproul Linda view full entry
Reference: see The darkroom : photography and the theatre of desire, by Anne Marsh.
Anne Marsh’s treatise on the art of photography traces its theoretical underpinning from the early debates between the rationalists and the fantasists, through psychoanalytical interpretations, to the theatre of desire. She investigates the role of photography in ghostly performances’, the masking of desire’ and high camp aesthetics’ – through to performance art’ and the role of the photographer as a gender terrorist’ – as in the work of Del LaGrace Volcano. The study concludes with notable examples of postmodern photography as they have occurred in the Australian context. This ground-breaking work by a leading Monash University academic will interest all students of photography and followers of recent trends in art and art theory.
Includes reproductions of works by Leah King-Smith, Gordon Bennett, Tracey Moffatt, Linda Sproul, Pat Brassington, Jill Orr, Mike Parr, Polixeni Papapetrou, Joel Peter Witkin, Man Ray, Hans Bellmer, Julia Margaret Cameron, J. W. Lindt et al.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Macmillan, 2003. Octavo, boards in dustjacket, pp. 287, 30 unnumbered leaves of plates,.
Sproul Linda view full entry
Reference: see The darkroom : photography and the theatre of desire, by Anne Marsh.
Anne Marsh’s treatise on the art of photography traces its theoretical underpinning from the early debates between the rationalists and the fantasists, through psychoanalytical interpretations, to the theatre of desire. She investigates the role of photography in ghostly performances’, the masking of desire’ and high camp aesthetics’ – through to performance art’ and the role of the photographer as a gender terrorist’ – as in the work of Del LaGrace Volcano. The study concludes with notable examples of postmodern photography as they have occurred in the Australian context. This ground-breaking work by a leading Monash University academic will interest all students of photography and followers of recent trends in art and art theory.
Includes reproductions of works by Leah King-Smith, Gordon Bennett, Tracey Moffatt, Linda Sproul, Pat Brassington, Jill Orr, Mike Parr, Polixeni Papapetrou, Joel Peter Witkin, Man Ray, Hans Bellmer, Julia Margaret Cameron, J. W. Lindt et al.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Macmillan, 2003. Octavo, boards in dustjacket, pp. 287, 30 unnumbered leaves of plates,.
Brassington Pat view full entry
Reference: see The darkroom : photography and the theatre of desire, by Anne Marsh.
Anne Marsh’s treatise on the art of photography traces its theoretical underpinning from the early debates between the rationalists and the fantasists, through psychoanalytical interpretations, to the theatre of desire. She investigates the role of photography in ghostly performances’, the masking of desire’ and high camp aesthetics’ – through to performance art’ and the role of the photographer as a gender terrorist’ – as in the work of Del LaGrace Volcano. The study concludes with notable examples of postmodern photography as they have occurred in the Australian context. This ground-breaking work by a leading Monash University academic will interest all students of photography and followers of recent trends in art and art theory.
Includes reproductions of works by Leah King-Smith, Gordon Bennett, Tracey Moffatt, Linda Sproul, Pat Brassington, Jill Orr, Mike Parr, Polixeni Papapetrou, Joel Peter Witkin, Man Ray, Hans Bellmer, Julia Margaret Cameron, J. W. Lindt et al.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Macmillan, 2003. Octavo, boards in dustjacket, pp. 287, 30 unnumbered leaves of plates,.
Orr Jill view full entry
Reference: see The darkroom : photography and the theatre of desire, by Anne Marsh.
Anne Marsh’s treatise on the art of photography traces its theoretical underpinning from the early debates between the rationalists and the fantasists, through psychoanalytical interpretations, to the theatre of desire. She investigates the role of photography in ghostly performances’, the masking of desire’ and high camp aesthetics’ – through to performance art’ and the role of the photographer as a gender terrorist’ – as in the work of Del LaGrace Volcano. The study concludes with notable examples of postmodern photography as they have occurred in the Australian context. This ground-breaking work by a leading Monash University academic will interest all students of photography and followers of recent trends in art and art theory.
Includes reproductions of works by Leah King-Smith, Gordon Bennett, Tracey Moffatt, Linda Sproul, Pat Brassington, Jill Orr, Mike Parr, Polixeni Papapetrou, Joel Peter Witkin, Man Ray, Hans Bellmer, Julia Margaret Cameron, J. W. Lindt et al.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Macmillan, 2003. Octavo, boards in dustjacket, pp. 287, 30 unnumbered leaves of plates,.
Parr Mike view full entry
Reference: see The darkroom : photography and the theatre of desire, by Anne Marsh.
Anne Marsh’s treatise on the art of photography traces its theoretical underpinning from the early debates between the rationalists and the fantasists, through psychoanalytical interpretations, to the theatre of desire. She investigates the role of photography in ghostly performances’, the masking of desire’ and high camp aesthetics’ – through to performance art’ and the role of the photographer as a gender terrorist’ – as in the work of Del LaGrace Volcano. The study concludes with notable examples of postmodern photography as they have occurred in the Australian context. This ground-breaking work by a leading Monash University academic will interest all students of photography and followers of recent trends in art and art theory.
Includes reproductions of works by Leah King-Smith, Gordon Bennett, Tracey Moffatt, Linda Sproul, Pat Brassington, Jill Orr, Mike Parr, Polixeni Papapetrou, Joel Peter Witkin, Man Ray, Hans Bellmer, Julia Margaret Cameron, J. W. Lindt et al.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Macmillan, 2003. Octavo, boards in dustjacket, pp. 287, 30 unnumbered leaves of plates,.
Papapetrou Polixeni view full entry
Reference: see The darkroom : photography and the theatre of desire, by Anne Marsh.
Anne Marsh’s treatise on the art of photography traces its theoretical underpinning from the early debates between the rationalists and the fantasists, through psychoanalytical interpretations, to the theatre of desire. She investigates the role of photography in ghostly performances’, the masking of desire’ and high camp aesthetics’ – through to performance art’ and the role of the photographer as a gender terrorist’ – as in the work of Del LaGrace Volcano. The study concludes with notable examples of postmodern photography as they have occurred in the Australian context. This ground-breaking work by a leading Monash University academic will interest all students of photography and followers of recent trends in art and art theory.
Includes reproductions of works by Leah King-Smith, Gordon Bennett, Tracey Moffatt, Linda Sproul, Pat Brassington, Jill Orr, Mike Parr, Polixeni Papapetrou, Joel Peter Witkin, Man Ray, Hans Bellmer, Julia Margaret Cameron, J. W. Lindt et al.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Macmillan, 2003. Octavo, boards in dustjacket, pp. 287, 30 unnumbered leaves of plates,.
Ferran Anneview full entry
Reference: see The darkroom : photography and the theatre of desire, by Anne Marsh.
Anne Marsh’s treatise on the art of photography traces its theoretical underpinning from the early debates between the rationalists and the fantasists, through psychoanalytical interpretations, to the theatre of desire. She investigates the role of photography in ghostly performances’, the masking of desire’ and high camp aesthetics’ – through to performance art’ and the role of the photographer as a gender terrorist’ – as in the work of Del LaGrace Volcano. The study concludes with notable examples of postmodern photography as they have occurred in the Australian context. This ground-breaking work by a leading Monash University academic will interest all students of photography and followers of recent trends in art and art theory.
Includes reproductions of works by Leah King-Smith, Gordon Bennett, Tracey Moffatt, Linda Sproul, Pat Brassington, Jill Orr, Mike Parr, Polixeni Papapetrou, Joel Peter Witkin, Man Ray, Hans Bellmer, Julia Margaret Cameron, J. W. Lindt et al.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Macmillan, 2003. Octavo, boards in dustjacket, pp. 287, 30 unnumbered leaves of plates,.
Kelly Deborah view full entry
Reference: see Performance ritual document by Anne Marsh. ncludes bibliographical references (pages 258-269) and index. [’This copiously illustrated publication explores performance art—and its intensive cousin, body art—through live manifestations and reiterations in photographs, film and video. Records such as these, that began to be made early in the history of performance art, have enabled audiences
to experience the works long after the artists’ original enactments and have triggered the current debate surrounding ‘remediation’ in an age of new technology. Anne Marsh’s important and clearly articulated research explores the question: ‘Can performance art be successfully portrayed through documentation?’ Her text, divided into six key chapters together with introduction and conclusion, incorporates references to the local and international debates currently surrounding the art form and its place in the 21st century. Perhaps central to these is the problem of the artist’s ‘presence’ in live performance vis-a-vis the role of the surviving document and its mode of presentation in the media. Drawing on the works of significant Australian and international artists—including Jill Orr, Mike Parr, Yves Klein, Marina Abramović, Peter Kennedy, Julie Rrap, Kevin Mortensen, Domenico de Clario, Tom Nicholson, Stelarc, Anne Graham, Ash Keating, Deborah Kelly and many more—the author investigates diverse areas of debate including the roles of relics, rituals and shamanism in the creation of performance art as well as propositions, interventions and collaborations affecting its documentation. This publication is a key work, essential to an understanding of the relationship between performance art and the various technologies that ensure its survival beyond individual events.’] [To be indexed]Jon Campbell
written by Lisa Radford, Jarrod Rawlins
Uplands Publishing | ISBN 9780980444926
Paperback – 195 pages]
[Includes works by Deborah Kelly, Julie Rrap, Catherine Bell, Marina Abramovic, Mike Parr, Jill Orr, Peter Kennedy, Fiona McGregor, Brown Council and others.
‘Performance art in Australia emerged in the 1970s and was supported through new organisations of the time such as the Institute of Modern Art (Brisbane), Experimental Art Foundation (Adelaide) and the Performance Space (Sydney). Its legacy is a conceptual dematerialised practice that has brought a political potency to Australian art practice over the last forty years. Artists such as Jill Orr, Mike Parr, Monika Tichacek and many others have created performances that resonate with the audience long after the event.
Across six chapters, art historian Anne Marsh presents an overview of Australian performance art that commences with questions of the tension between live performance and its documentation. She refers to theorists such as Peggy Phelan who argue that ‘… being-there in real time as a member of a live audience is … the only [way] which guarantees an authentic experience of the event in time’. While Marsh recognises the significance of ‘being-there’ she presents compelling arguments for the power of mediation, the anonymous spectator, and the ways the virtual and electronic can expand the experience of performance art.
A noticeable element throughout the book is the consistency of female artists working within Australian performance art practice. Chapters on ritual, shamanism and body art clearly articulate the powerful space that women artists occupy in using the body as a site to critique gender, politics and cultural identity.
A generous collection of evocative colour and black and white images is evidence in itself of the power of documentation. An intriguing and inherent parody throughout the book is the power of the word to evoke the power of a performance as Marsh’s descriptions of performances from Peter Kennedy to Brown Council to Stelarc chronicle the diversity and ingenuity of Australian performance art practice.’ – Julianne Pierce, review in Artlink Magazine, March 2015]
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2014,
271 pages : photographs (chiefly colour), portraits ; 25 cm., (paperback)
Stelarc view full entry
Reference: see Performance ritual document by Anne Marsh. ncludes bibliographical references (pages 258-269) and index. [’This copiously illustrated publication explores performance art—and its intensive cousin, body art—through live manifestations and reiterations in photographs, film and video. Records such as these, that began to be made early in the history of performance art, have enabled audiences
to experience the works long after the artists’ original enactments and have triggered the current debate surrounding ‘remediation’ in an age of new technology. Anne Marsh’s important and clearly articulated research explores the question: ‘Can performance art be successfully portrayed through documentation?’ Her text, divided into six key chapters together with introduction and conclusion, incorporates references to the local and international debates currently surrounding the art form and its place in the 21st century. Perhaps central to these is the problem of the artist’s ‘presence’ in live performance vis-a-vis the role of the surviving document and its mode of presentation in the media. Drawing on the works of significant Australian and international artists—including Jill Orr, Mike Parr, Yves Klein, Marina Abramović, Peter Kennedy, Julie Rrap, Kevin Mortensen, Domenico de Clario, Tom Nicholson, Stelarc, Anne Graham, Ash Keating, Deborah Kelly and many more—the author investigates diverse areas of debate including the roles of relics, rituals and shamanism in the creation of performance art as well as propositions, interventions and collaborations affecting its documentation. This publication is a key work, essential to an understanding of the relationship between performance art and the various technologies that ensure its survival beyond individual events.’] [To be indexed]Jon Campbell
written by Lisa Radford, Jarrod Rawlins
Uplands Publishing | ISBN 9780980444926
Paperback – 195 pages]
[Includes works by Deborah Kelly, Julie Rrap, Catherine Bell, Marina Abramovic, Mike Parr, Jill Orr, Peter Kennedy, Fiona McGregor, Brown Council and others.
‘Performance art in Australia emerged in the 1970s and was supported through new organisations of the time such as the Institute of Modern Art (Brisbane), Experimental Art Foundation (Adelaide) and the Performance Space (Sydney). Its legacy is a conceptual dematerialised practice that has brought a political potency to Australian art practice over the last forty years. Artists such as Jill Orr, Mike Parr, Monika Tichacek and many others have created performances that resonate with the audience long after the event.
Across six chapters, art historian Anne Marsh presents an overview of Australian performance art that commences with questions of the tension between live performance and its documentation. She refers to theorists such as Peggy Phelan who argue that ‘… being-there in real time as a member of a live audience is … the only [way] which guarantees an authentic experience of the event in time’. While Marsh recognises the significance of ‘being-there’ she presents compelling arguments for the power of mediation, the anonymous spectator, and the ways the virtual and electronic can expand the experience of performance art.
A noticeable element throughout the book is the consistency of female artists working within Australian performance art practice. Chapters on ritual, shamanism and body art clearly articulate the powerful space that women artists occupy in using the body as a site to critique gender, politics and cultural identity.
A generous collection of evocative colour and black and white images is evidence in itself of the power of documentation. An intriguing and inherent parody throughout the book is the power of the word to evoke the power of a performance as Marsh’s descriptions of performances from Peter Kennedy to Brown Council to Stelarc chronicle the diversity and ingenuity of Australian performance art practice.’ – Julianne Pierce, review in Artlink Magazine, March 2015]
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2014,
271 pages : photographs (chiefly colour), portraits ; 25 cm., (paperback)
Tichacek Monika view full entry
Reference: see Performance ritual document by Anne Marsh. ncludes bibliographical references (pages 258-269) and index. [’This copiously illustrated publication explores performance art—and its intensive cousin, body art—through live manifestations and reiterations in photographs, film and video. Records such as these, that began to be made early in the history of performance art, have enabled audiences
to experience the works long after the artists’ original enactments and have triggered the current debate surrounding ‘remediation’ in an age of new technology. Anne Marsh’s important and clearly articulated research explores the question: ‘Can performance art be successfully portrayed through documentation?’ Her text, divided into six key chapters together with introduction and conclusion, incorporates references to the local and international debates currently surrounding the art form and its place in the 21st century. Perhaps central to these is the problem of the artist’s ‘presence’ in live performance vis-a-vis the role of the surviving document and its mode of presentation in the media. Drawing on the works of significant Australian and international artists—including Jill Orr, Mike Parr, Yves Klein, Marina Abramović, Peter Kennedy, Julie Rrap, Kevin Mortensen, Domenico de Clario, Tom Nicholson, Stelarc, Anne Graham, Ash Keating, Deborah Kelly and many more—the author investigates diverse areas of debate including the roles of relics, rituals and shamanism in the creation of performance art as well as propositions, interventions and collaborations affecting its documentation. This publication is a key work, essential to an understanding of the relationship between performance art and the various technologies that ensure its survival beyond individual events.’] [To be indexed]Jon Campbell
written by Lisa Radford, Jarrod Rawlins
Uplands Publishing | ISBN 9780980444926
Paperback – 195 pages]
[Includes works by Deborah Kelly, Julie Rrap, Catherine Bell, Marina Abramovic, Mike Parr, Jill Orr, Peter Kennedy, Fiona McGregor, Brown Council and others.
‘Performance art in Australia emerged in the 1970s and was supported through new organisations of the time such as the Institute of Modern Art (Brisbane), Experimental Art Foundation (Adelaide) and the Performance Space (Sydney). Its legacy is a conceptual dematerialised practice that has brought a political potency to Australian art practice over the last forty years. Artists such as Jill Orr, Mike Parr, Monika Tichacek and many others have created performances that resonate with the audience long after the event.
Across six chapters, art historian Anne Marsh presents an overview of Australian performance art that commences with questions of the tension between live performance and its documentation. She refers to theorists such as Peggy Phelan who argue that ‘… being-there in real time as a member of a live audience is … the only [way] which guarantees an authentic experience of the event in time’. While Marsh recognises the significance of ‘being-there’ she presents compelling arguments for the power of mediation, the anonymous spectator, and the ways the virtual and electronic can expand the experience of performance art.
A noticeable element throughout the book is the consistency of female artists working within Australian performance art practice. Chapters on ritual, shamanism and body art clearly articulate the powerful space that women artists occupy in using the body as a site to critique gender, politics and cultural identity.
A generous collection of evocative colour and black and white images is evidence in itself of the power of documentation. An intriguing and inherent parody throughout the book is the power of the word to evoke the power of a performance as Marsh’s descriptions of performances from Peter Kennedy to Brown Council to Stelarc chronicle the diversity and ingenuity of Australian performance art practice.’ – Julianne Pierce, review in Artlink Magazine, March 2015]
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2014,
271 pages : photographs (chiefly colour), portraits ; 25 cm., (paperback)
Rrap Julie view full entry
Reference: see Performance ritual document by Anne Marsh. ncludes bibliographical references (pages 258-269) and index. [’This copiously illustrated publication explores performance art—and its intensive cousin, body art—through live manifestations and reiterations in photographs, film and video. Records such as these, that began to be made early in the history of performance art, have enabled audiences
to experience the works long after the artists’ original enactments and have triggered the current debate surrounding ‘remediation’ in an age of new technology. Anne Marsh’s important and clearly articulated research explores the question: ‘Can performance art be successfully portrayed through documentation?’ Her text, divided into six key chapters together with introduction and conclusion, incorporates references to the local and international debates currently surrounding the art form and its place in the 21st century. Perhaps central to these is the problem of the artist’s ‘presence’ in live performance vis-a-vis the role of the surviving document and its mode of presentation in the media. Drawing on the works of significant Australian and international artists—including Jill Orr, Mike Parr, Yves Klein, Marina Abramović, Peter Kennedy, Julie Rrap, Kevin Mortensen, Domenico de Clario, Tom Nicholson, Stelarc, Anne Graham, Ash Keating, Deborah Kelly and many more—the author investigates diverse areas of debate including the roles of relics, rituals and shamanism in the creation of performance art as well as propositions, interventions and collaborations affecting its documentation. This publication is a key work, essential to an understanding of the relationship between performance art and the various technologies that ensure its survival beyond individual events.’] [To be indexed]Jon Campbell
written by Lisa Radford, Jarrod Rawlins
Uplands Publishing | ISBN 9780980444926
Paperback – 195 pages]
[Includes works by Deborah Kelly, Julie Rrap, Catherine Bell, Marina Abramovic, Mike Parr, Jill Orr, Peter Kennedy, Fiona McGregor, Brown Council and others.
‘Performance art in Australia emerged in the 1970s and was supported through new organisations of the time such as the Institute of Modern Art (Brisbane), Experimental Art Foundation (Adelaide) and the Performance Space (Sydney). Its legacy is a conceptual dematerialised practice that has brought a political potency to Australian art practice over the last forty years. Artists such as Jill Orr, Mike Parr, Monika Tichacek and many others have created performances that resonate with the audience long after the event.
Across six chapters, art historian Anne Marsh presents an overview of Australian performance art that commences with questions of the tension between live performance and its documentation. She refers to theorists such as Peggy Phelan who argue that ‘… being-there in real time as a member of a live audience is … the only [way] which guarantees an authentic experience of the event in time’. While Marsh recognises the significance of ‘being-there’ she presents compelling arguments for the power of mediation, the anonymous spectator, and the ways the virtual and electronic can expand the experience of performance art.
A noticeable element throughout the book is the consistency of female artists working within Australian performance art practice. Chapters on ritual, shamanism and body art clearly articulate the powerful space that women artists occupy in using the body as a site to critique gender, politics and cultural identity.
A generous collection of evocative colour and black and white images is evidence in itself of the power of documentation. An intriguing and inherent parody throughout the book is the power of the word to evoke the power of a performance as Marsh’s descriptions of performances from Peter Kennedy to Brown Council to Stelarc chronicle the diversity and ingenuity of Australian performance art practice.’ – Julianne Pierce, review in Artlink Magazine, March 2015]
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2014,
271 pages : photographs (chiefly colour), portraits ; 25 cm., (paperback)
Bell Catherineview full entry
Reference: see Performance ritual document by Anne Marsh. ncludes bibliographical references (pages 258-269) and index. [’This copiously illustrated publication explores performance art—and its intensive cousin, body art—through live manifestations and reiterations in photographs, film and video. Records such as these, that began to be made early in the history of performance art, have enabled audiences
to experience the works long after the artists’ original enactments and have triggered the current debate surrounding ‘remediation’ in an age of new technology. Anne Marsh’s important and clearly articulated research explores the question: ‘Can performance art be successfully portrayed through documentation?’ Her text, divided into six key chapters together with introduction and conclusion, incorporates references to the local and international debates currently surrounding the art form and its place in the 21st century. Perhaps central to these is the problem of the artist’s ‘presence’ in live performance vis-a-vis the role of the surviving document and its mode of presentation in the media. Drawing on the works of significant Australian and international artists—including Jill Orr, Mike Parr, Yves Klein, Marina Abramović, Peter Kennedy, Julie Rrap, Kevin Mortensen, Domenico de Clario, Tom Nicholson, Stelarc, Anne Graham, Ash Keating, Deborah Kelly and many more—the author investigates diverse areas of debate including the roles of relics, rituals and shamanism in the creation of performance art as well as propositions, interventions and collaborations affecting its documentation. This publication is a key work, essential to an understanding of the relationship between performance art and the various technologies that ensure its survival beyond individual events.’] [To be indexed]Jon Campbell
written by Lisa Radford, Jarrod Rawlins
Uplands Publishing | ISBN 9780980444926
Paperback – 195 pages]
[Includes works by Deborah Kelly, Julie Rrap, Catherine Bell, Marina Abramovic, Mike Parr, Jill Orr, Peter Kennedy, Fiona McGregor, Brown Council and others.
‘Performance art in Australia emerged in the 1970s and was supported through new organisations of the time such as the Institute of Modern Art (Brisbane), Experimental Art Foundation (Adelaide) and the Performance Space (Sydney). Its legacy is a conceptual dematerialised practice that has brought a political potency to Australian art practice over the last forty years. Artists such as Jill Orr, Mike Parr, Monika Tichacek and many others have created performances that resonate with the audience long after the event.
Across six chapters, art historian Anne Marsh presents an overview of Australian performance art that commences with questions of the tension between live performance and its documentation. She refers to theorists such as Peggy Phelan who argue that ‘… being-there in real time as a member of a live audience is … the only [way] which guarantees an authentic experience of the event in time’. While Marsh recognises the significance of ‘being-there’ she presents compelling arguments for the power of mediation, the anonymous spectator, and the ways the virtual and electronic can expand the experience of performance art.
A noticeable element throughout the book is the consistency of female artists working within Australian performance art practice. Chapters on ritual, shamanism and body art clearly articulate the powerful space that women artists occupy in using the body as a site to critique gender, politics and cultural identity.
A generous collection of evocative colour and black and white images is evidence in itself of the power of documentation. An intriguing and inherent parody throughout the book is the power of the word to evoke the power of a performance as Marsh’s descriptions of performances from Peter Kennedy to Brown Council to Stelarc chronicle the diversity and ingenuity of Australian performance art practice.’ – Julianne Pierce, review in Artlink Magazine, March 2015]
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2014,
271 pages : photographs (chiefly colour), portraits ; 25 cm., (paperback)
Parr Mike view full entry
Reference: see Performance ritual document by Anne Marsh. ncludes bibliographical references (pages 258-269) and index. [’This copiously illustrated publication explores performance art—and its intensive cousin, body art—through live manifestations and reiterations in photographs, film and video. Records such as these, that began to be made early in the history of performance art, have enabled audiences
to experience the works long after the artists’ original enactments and have triggered the current debate surrounding ‘remediation’ in an age of new technology. Anne Marsh’s important and clearly articulated research explores the question: ‘Can performance art be successfully portrayed through documentation?’ Her text, divided into six key chapters together with introduction and conclusion, incorporates references to the local and international debates currently surrounding the art form and its place in the 21st century. Perhaps central to these is the problem of the artist’s ‘presence’ in live performance vis-a-vis the role of the surviving document and its mode of presentation in the media. Drawing on the works of significant Australian and international artists—including Jill Orr, Mike Parr, Yves Klein, Marina Abramović, Peter Kennedy, Julie Rrap, Kevin Mortensen, Domenico de Clario, Tom Nicholson, Stelarc, Anne Graham, Ash Keating, Deborah Kelly and many more—the author investigates diverse areas of debate including the roles of relics, rituals and shamanism in the creation of performance art as well as propositions, interventions and collaborations affecting its documentation. This publication is a key work, essential to an understanding of the relationship between performance art and the various technologies that ensure its survival beyond individual events.’] [To be indexed]Jon Campbell
written by Lisa Radford, Jarrod Rawlins
Uplands Publishing | ISBN 9780980444926
Paperback – 195 pages]
[Includes works by Deborah Kelly, Julie Rrap, Catherine Bell, Marina Abramovic, Mike Parr, Jill Orr, Peter Kennedy, Fiona McGregor, Brown Council and others.
‘Performance art in Australia emerged in the 1970s and was supported through new organisations of the time such as the Institute of Modern Art (Brisbane), Experimental Art Foundation (Adelaide) and the Performance Space (Sydney). Its legacy is a conceptual dematerialised practice that has brought a political potency to Australian art practice over the last forty years. Artists such as Jill Orr, Mike Parr, Monika Tichacek and many others have created performances that resonate with the audience long after the event.
Across six chapters, art historian Anne Marsh presents an overview of Australian performance art that commences with questions of the tension between live performance and its documentation. She refers to theorists such as Peggy Phelan who argue that ‘… being-there in real time as a member of a live audience is … the only [way] which guarantees an authentic experience of the event in time’. While Marsh recognises the significance of ‘being-there’ she presents compelling arguments for the power of mediation, the anonymous spectator, and the ways the virtual and electronic can expand the experience of performance art.
A noticeable element throughout the book is the consistency of female artists working within Australian performance art practice. Chapters on ritual, shamanism and body art clearly articulate the powerful space that women artists occupy in using the body as a site to critique gender, politics and cultural identity.
A generous collection of evocative colour and black and white images is evidence in itself of the power of documentation. An intriguing and inherent parody throughout the book is the power of the word to evoke the power of a performance as Marsh’s descriptions of performances from Peter Kennedy to Brown Council to Stelarc chronicle the diversity and ingenuity of Australian performance art practice.’ – Julianne Pierce, review in Artlink Magazine, March 2015]
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2014,
271 pages : photographs (chiefly colour), portraits ; 25 cm., (paperback)
Orr Jill view full entry
Reference: see Performance ritual document by Anne Marsh. ncludes bibliographical references (pages 258-269) and index. [’This copiously illustrated publication explores performance art—and its intensive cousin, body art—through live manifestations and reiterations in photographs, film and video. Records such as these, that began to be made early in the history of performance art, have enabled audiences
to experience the works long after the artists’ original enactments and have triggered the current debate surrounding ‘remediation’ in an age of new technology. Anne Marsh’s important and clearly articulated research explores the question: ‘Can performance art be successfully portrayed through documentation?’ Her text, divided into six key chapters together with introduction and conclusion, incorporates references to the local and international debates currently surrounding the art form and its place in the 21st century. Perhaps central to these is the problem of the artist’s ‘presence’ in live performance vis-a-vis the role of the surviving document and its mode of presentation in the media. Drawing on the works of significant Australian and international artists—including Jill Orr, Mike Parr, Yves Klein, Marina Abramović, Peter Kennedy, Julie Rrap, Kevin Mortensen, Domenico de Clario, Tom Nicholson, Stelarc, Anne Graham, Ash Keating, Deborah Kelly and many more—the author investigates diverse areas of debate including the roles of relics, rituals and shamanism in the creation of performance art as well as propositions, interventions and collaborations affecting its documentation. This publication is a key work, essential to an understanding of the relationship between performance art and the various technologies that ensure its survival beyond individual events.’] [To be indexed]Jon Campbell
written by Lisa Radford, Jarrod Rawlins
Uplands Publishing | ISBN 9780980444926
Paperback – 195 pages]
[Includes works by Deborah Kelly, Julie Rrap, Catherine Bell, Marina Abramovic, Mike Parr, Jill Orr, Peter Kennedy, Fiona McGregor, Brown Council and others.
‘Performance art in Australia emerged in the 1970s and was supported through new organisations of the time such as the Institute of Modern Art (Brisbane), Experimental Art Foundation (Adelaide) and the Performance Space (Sydney). Its legacy is a conceptual dematerialised practice that has brought a political potency to Australian art practice over the last forty years. Artists such as Jill Orr, Mike Parr, Monika Tichacek and many others have created performances that resonate with the audience long after the event.
Across six chapters, art historian Anne Marsh presents an overview of Australian performance art that commences with questions of the tension between live performance and its documentation. She refers to theorists such as Peggy Phelan who argue that ‘… being-there in real time as a member of a live audience is … the only [way] which guarantees an authentic experience of the event in time’. While Marsh recognises the significance of ‘being-there’ she presents compelling arguments for the power of mediation, the anonymous spectator, and the ways the virtual and electronic can expand the experience of performance art.
A noticeable element throughout the book is the consistency of female artists working within Australian performance art practice. Chapters on ritual, shamanism and body art clearly articulate the powerful space that women artists occupy in using the body as a site to critique gender, politics and cultural identity.
A generous collection of evocative colour and black and white images is evidence in itself of the power of documentation. An intriguing and inherent parody throughout the book is the power of the word to evoke the power of a performance as Marsh’s descriptions of performances from Peter Kennedy to Brown Council to Stelarc chronicle the diversity and ingenuity of Australian performance art practice.’ – Julianne Pierce, review in Artlink Magazine, March 2015]
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2014,
271 pages : photographs (chiefly colour), portraits ; 25 cm., (paperback)
Kennedy Peter view full entry
Reference: see Performance ritual document by Anne Marsh. ncludes bibliographical references (pages 258-269) and index. [’This copiously illustrated publication explores performance art—and its intensive cousin, body art—through live manifestations and reiterations in photographs, film and video. Records such as these, that began to be made early in the history of performance art, have enabled audiences
to experience the works long after the artists’ original enactments and have triggered the current debate surrounding ‘remediation’ in an age of new technology. Anne Marsh’s important and clearly articulated research explores the question: ‘Can performance art be successfully portrayed through documentation?’ Her text, divided into six key chapters together with introduction and conclusion, incorporates references to the local and international debates currently surrounding the art form and its place in the 21st century. Perhaps central to these is the problem of the artist’s ‘presence’ in live performance vis-a-vis the role of the surviving document and its mode of presentation in the media. Drawing on the works of significant Australian and international artists—including Jill Orr, Mike Parr, Yves Klein, Marina Abramović, Peter Kennedy, Julie Rrap, Kevin Mortensen, Domenico de Clario, Tom Nicholson, Stelarc, Anne Graham, Ash Keating, Deborah Kelly and many more—the author investigates diverse areas of debate including the roles of relics, rituals and shamanism in the creation of performance art as well as propositions, interventions and collaborations affecting its documentation. This publication is a key work, essential to an understanding of the relationship between performance art and the various technologies that ensure its survival beyond individual events.’] [To be indexed]Jon Campbell
written by Lisa Radford, Jarrod Rawlins
Uplands Publishing | ISBN 9780980444926
Paperback – 195 pages]
[Includes works by Deborah Kelly, Julie Rrap, Catherine Bell, Marina Abramovic, Mike Parr, Jill Orr, Peter Kennedy, Fiona McGregor, Brown Council and others.
‘Performance art in Australia emerged in the 1970s and was supported through new organisations of the time such as the Institute of Modern Art (Brisbane), Experimental Art Foundation (Adelaide) and the Performance Space (Sydney). Its legacy is a conceptual dematerialised practice that has brought a political potency to Australian art practice over the last forty years. Artists such as Jill Orr, Mike Parr, Monika Tichacek and many others have created performances that resonate with the audience long after the event.
Across six chapters, art historian Anne Marsh presents an overview of Australian performance art that commences with questions of the tension between live performance and its documentation. She refers to theorists such as Peggy Phelan who argue that ‘… being-there in real time as a member of a live audience is … the only [way] which guarantees an authentic experience of the event in time’. While Marsh recognises the significance of ‘being-there’ she presents compelling arguments for the power of mediation, the anonymous spectator, and the ways the virtual and electronic can expand the experience of performance art.
A noticeable element throughout the book is the consistency of female artists working within Australian performance art practice. Chapters on ritual, shamanism and body art clearly articulate the powerful space that women artists occupy in using the body as a site to critique gender, politics and cultural identity.
A generous collection of evocative colour and black and white images is evidence in itself of the power of documentation. An intriguing and inherent parody throughout the book is the power of the word to evoke the power of a performance as Marsh’s descriptions of performances from Peter Kennedy to Brown Council to Stelarc chronicle the diversity and ingenuity of Australian performance art practice.’ – Julianne Pierce, review in Artlink Magazine, March 2015]
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2014,
271 pages : photographs (chiefly colour), portraits ; 25 cm., (paperback)
McGregor Fiona view full entry
Reference: see Performance ritual document by Anne Marsh. ncludes bibliographical references (pages 258-269) and index. [’This copiously illustrated publication explores performance art—and its intensive cousin, body art—through live manifestations and reiterations in photographs, film and video. Records such as these, that began to be made early in the history of performance art, have enabled audiences
to experience the works long after the artists’ original enactments and have triggered the current debate surrounding ‘remediation’ in an age of new technology. Anne Marsh’s important and clearly articulated research explores the question: ‘Can performance art be successfully portrayed through documentation?’ Her text, divided into six key chapters together with introduction and conclusion, incorporates references to the local and international debates currently surrounding the art form and its place in the 21st century. Perhaps central to these is the problem of the artist’s ‘presence’ in live performance vis-a-vis the role of the surviving document and its mode of presentation in the media. Drawing on the works of significant Australian and international artists—including Jill Orr, Mike Parr, Yves Klein, Marina Abramović, Peter Kennedy, Julie Rrap, Kevin Mortensen, Domenico de Clario, Tom Nicholson, Stelarc, Anne Graham, Ash Keating, Deborah Kelly and many more—the author investigates diverse areas of debate including the roles of relics, rituals and shamanism in the creation of performance art as well as propositions, interventions and collaborations affecting its documentation. This publication is a key work, essential to an understanding of the relationship between performance art and the various technologies that ensure its survival beyond individual events.’] [To be indexed]Jon Campbell
written by Lisa Radford, Jarrod Rawlins
Uplands Publishing | ISBN 9780980444926
Paperback – 195 pages]
[Includes works by Deborah Kelly, Julie Rrap, Catherine Bell, Marina Abramovic, Mike Parr, Jill Orr, Peter Kennedy, Fiona McGregor, Brown Council and others.
‘Performance art in Australia emerged in the 1970s and was supported through new organisations of the time such as the Institute of Modern Art (Brisbane), Experimental Art Foundation (Adelaide) and the Performance Space (Sydney). Its legacy is a conceptual dematerialised practice that has brought a political potency to Australian art practice over the last forty years. Artists such as Jill Orr, Mike Parr, Monika Tichacek and many others have created performances that resonate with the audience long after the event.
Across six chapters, art historian Anne Marsh presents an overview of Australian performance art that commences with questions of the tension between live performance and its documentation. She refers to theorists such as Peggy Phelan who argue that ‘… being-there in real time as a member of a live audience is … the only [way] which guarantees an authentic experience of the event in time’. While Marsh recognises the significance of ‘being-there’ she presents compelling arguments for the power of mediation, the anonymous spectator, and the ways the virtual and electronic can expand the experience of performance art.
A noticeable element throughout the book is the consistency of female artists working within Australian performance art practice. Chapters on ritual, shamanism and body art clearly articulate the powerful space that women artists occupy in using the body as a site to critique gender, politics and cultural identity.
A generous collection of evocative colour and black and white images is evidence in itself of the power of documentation. An intriguing and inherent parody throughout the book is the power of the word to evoke the power of a performance as Marsh’s descriptions of performances from Peter Kennedy to Brown Council to Stelarc chronicle the diversity and ingenuity of Australian performance art practice.’ – Julianne Pierce, review in Artlink Magazine, March 2015]
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2014,
271 pages : photographs (chiefly colour), portraits ; 25 cm., (paperback)
Brown Council view full entry
Reference: see Performance ritual document by Anne Marsh. ncludes bibliographical references (pages 258-269) and index. [’This copiously illustrated publication explores performance art—and its intensive cousin, body art—through live manifestations and reiterations in photographs, film and video. Records such as these, that began to be made early in the history of performance art, have enabled audiences
to experience the works long after the artists’ original enactments and have triggered the current debate surrounding ‘remediation’ in an age of new technology. Anne Marsh’s important and clearly articulated research explores the question: ‘Can performance art be successfully portrayed through documentation?’ Her text, divided into six key chapters together with introduction and conclusion, incorporates references to the local and international debates currently surrounding the art form and its place in the 21st century. Perhaps central to these is the problem of the artist’s ‘presence’ in live performance vis-a-vis the role of the surviving document and its mode of presentation in the media. Drawing on the works of significant Australian and international artists—including Jill Orr, Mike Parr, Yves Klein, Marina Abramović, Peter Kennedy, Julie Rrap, Kevin Mortensen, Domenico de Clario, Tom Nicholson, Stelarc, Anne Graham, Ash Keating, Deborah Kelly and many more—the author investigates diverse areas of debate including the roles of relics, rituals and shamanism in the creation of performance art as well as propositions, interventions and collaborations affecting its documentation. This publication is a key work, essential to an understanding of the relationship between performance art and the various technologies that ensure its survival beyond individual events.’] [To be indexed]Jon Campbell
written by Lisa Radford, Jarrod Rawlins
Uplands Publishing | ISBN 9780980444926
Paperback – 195 pages]
[Includes works by Deborah Kelly, Julie Rrap, Catherine Bell, Marina Abramovic, Mike Parr, Jill Orr, Peter Kennedy, Fiona McGregor, Brown Council and others.
‘Performance art in Australia emerged in the 1970s and was supported through new organisations of the time such as the Institute of Modern Art (Brisbane), Experimental Art Foundation (Adelaide) and the Performance Space (Sydney). Its legacy is a conceptual dematerialised practice that has brought a political potency to Australian art practice over the last forty years. Artists such as Jill Orr, Mike Parr, Monika Tichacek and many others have created performances that resonate with the audience long after the event.
Across six chapters, art historian Anne Marsh presents an overview of Australian performance art that commences with questions of the tension between live performance and its documentation. She refers to theorists such as Peggy Phelan who argue that ‘… being-there in real time as a member of a live audience is … the only [way] which guarantees an authentic experience of the event in time’. While Marsh recognises the significance of ‘being-there’ she presents compelling arguments for the power of mediation, the anonymous spectator, and the ways the virtual and electronic can expand the experience of performance art.
A noticeable element throughout the book is the consistency of female artists working within Australian performance art practice. Chapters on ritual, shamanism and body art clearly articulate the powerful space that women artists occupy in using the body as a site to critique gender, politics and cultural identity.
A generous collection of evocative colour and black and white images is evidence in itself of the power of documentation. An intriguing and inherent parody throughout the book is the power of the word to evoke the power of a performance as Marsh’s descriptions of performances from Peter Kennedy to Brown Council to Stelarc chronicle the diversity and ingenuity of Australian performance art practice.’ – Julianne Pierce, review in Artlink Magazine, March 2015]
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2014,
271 pages : photographs (chiefly colour), portraits ; 25 cm., (paperback)
Burn Ian 3 resview full entry
Reference: see Performance ritual document by Anne Marsh. ncludes bibliographical references (pages 258-269) and index. [’This copiously illustrated publication explores performance art—and its intensive cousin, body art—through live manifestations and reiterations in photographs, film and video. Records such as these, that began to be made early in the history of performance art, have enabled audiences
to experience the works long after the artists’ original enactments and have triggered the current debate surrounding ‘remediation’ in an age of new technology. Anne Marsh’s important and clearly articulated research explores the question: ‘Can performance art be successfully portrayed through documentation?’ Her text, divided into six key chapters together with introduction and conclusion, incorporates references to the local and international debates currently surrounding the art form and its place in the 21st century. Perhaps central to these is the problem of the artist’s ‘presence’ in live performance vis-a-vis the role of the surviving document and its mode of presentation in the media. Drawing on the works of significant Australian and international artists—including Jill Orr, Mike Parr, Yves Klein, Marina Abramović, Peter Kennedy, Julie Rrap, Kevin Mortensen, Domenico de Clario, Tom Nicholson, Stelarc, Anne Graham, Ash Keating, Deborah Kelly and many more—the author investigates diverse areas of debate including the roles of relics, rituals and shamanism in the creation of performance art as well as propositions, interventions and collaborations affecting its documentation. This publication is a key work, essential to an understanding of the relationship between performance art and the various technologies that ensure its survival beyond individual events.’] [To be indexed]Jon Campbell
written by Lisa Radford, Jarrod Rawlins
Uplands Publishing | ISBN 9780980444926
Paperback – 195 pages]
[Includes works by Deborah Kelly, Julie Rrap, Catherine Bell, Marina Abramovic, Mike Parr, Jill Orr, Peter Kennedy, Fiona McGregor, Brown Council and others.
‘Performance art in Australia emerged in the 1970s and was supported through new organisations of the time such as the Institute of Modern Art (Brisbane), Experimental Art Foundation (Adelaide) and the Performance Space (Sydney). Its legacy is a conceptual dematerialised practice that has brought a political potency to Australian art practice over the last forty years. Artists such as Jill Orr, Mike Parr, Monika Tichacek and many others have created performances that resonate with the audience long after the event.
Across six chapters, art historian Anne Marsh presents an overview of Australian performance art that commences with questions of the tension between live performance and its documentation. She refers to theorists such as Peggy Phelan who argue that ‘… being-there in real time as a member of a live audience is … the only [way] which guarantees an authentic experience of the event in time’. While Marsh recognises the significance of ‘being-there’ she presents compelling arguments for the power of mediation, the anonymous spectator, and the ways the virtual and electronic can expand the experience of performance art.
A noticeable element throughout the book is the consistency of female artists working within Australian performance art practice. Chapters on ritual, shamanism and body art clearly articulate the powerful space that women artists occupy in using the body as a site to critique gender, politics and cultural identity.
A generous collection of evocative colour and black and white images is evidence in itself of the power of documentation. An intriguing and inherent parody throughout the book is the power of the word to evoke the power of a performance as Marsh’s descriptions of performances from Peter Kennedy to Brown Council to Stelarc chronicle the diversity and ingenuity of Australian performance art practice.’ – Julianne Pierce, review in Artlink Magazine, March 2015]
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2014,
271 pages : photographs (chiefly colour), portraits ; 25 cm., (paperback)
Taussig Michael 2 resview full entry
Reference: see Performance ritual document by Anne Marsh. ncludes bibliographical references (pages 258-269) and index. [’This copiously illustrated publication explores performance art—and its intensive cousin, body art—through live manifestations and reiterations in photographs, film and video. Records such as these, that began to be made early in the history of performance art, have enabled audiences
to experience the works long after the artists’ original enactments and have triggered the current debate surrounding ‘remediation’ in an age of new technology. Anne Marsh’s important and clearly articulated research explores the question: ‘Can performance art be successfully portrayed through documentation?’ Her text, divided into six key chapters together with introduction and conclusion, incorporates references to the local and international debates currently surrounding the art form and its place in the 21st century. Perhaps central to these is the problem of the artist’s ‘presence’ in live performance vis-a-vis the role of the surviving document and its mode of presentation in the media. Drawing on the works of significant Australian and international artists—including Jill Orr, Mike Parr, Yves Klein, Marina Abramović, Peter Kennedy, Julie Rrap, Kevin Mortensen, Domenico de Clario, Tom Nicholson, Stelarc, Anne Graham, Ash Keating, Deborah Kelly and many more—the author investigates diverse areas of debate including the roles of relics, rituals and shamanism in the creation of performance art as well as propositions, interventions and collaborations affecting its documentation. This publication is a key work, essential to an understanding of the relationship between performance art and the various technologies that ensure its survival beyond individual events.’] [To be indexed]Jon Campbell
written by Lisa Radford, Jarrod Rawlins
Uplands Publishing | ISBN 9780980444926
Paperback – 195 pages]
[Includes works by Deborah Kelly, Julie Rrap, Catherine Bell, Marina Abramovic, Mike Parr, Jill Orr, Peter Kennedy, Fiona McGregor, Brown Council and others.
‘Performance art in Australia emerged in the 1970s and was supported through new organisations of the time such as the Institute of Modern Art (Brisbane), Experimental Art Foundation (Adelaide) and the Performance Space (Sydney). Its legacy is a conceptual dematerialised practice that has brought a political potency to Australian art practice over the last forty years. Artists such as Jill Orr, Mike Parr, Monika Tichacek and many others have created performances that resonate with the audience long after the event.
Across six chapters, art historian Anne Marsh presents an overview of Australian performance art that commences with questions of the tension between live performance and its documentation. She refers to theorists such as Peggy Phelan who argue that ‘… being-there in real time as a member of a live audience is … the only [way] which guarantees an authentic experience of the event in time’. While Marsh recognises the significance of ‘being-there’ she presents compelling arguments for the power of mediation, the anonymous spectator, and the ways the virtual and electronic can expand the experience of performance art.
A noticeable element throughout the book is the consistency of female artists working within Australian performance art practice. Chapters on ritual, shamanism and body art clearly articulate the powerful space that women artists occupy in using the body as a site to critique gender, politics and cultural identity.
A generous collection of evocative colour and black and white images is evidence in itself of the power of documentation. An intriguing and inherent parody throughout the book is the power of the word to evoke the power of a performance as Marsh’s descriptions of performances from Peter Kennedy to Brown Council to Stelarc chronicle the diversity and ingenuity of Australian performance art practice.’ – Julianne Pierce, review in Artlink Magazine, March 2015]
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2014,
271 pages : photographs (chiefly colour), portraits ; 25 cm., (paperback)
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see Art on a string : Aboriginal threaded objects from the Central Desert and Arnhem Land / Louise Hamby and Diana Young. Art on a string introduces the aesthetic and symbolic power of necklaces and other threaded objects made by Australian Aboriginal artists from the Central desert and Arnhem land.
Notes To accompany the exhibition held at Object galleries, 13 October - 2 December 2001.Includes bibliographical references. [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Object-Australian Centre for Craft and Design and the Centre for Cross-Cultural Research, 2001, 96 p. : col. ill., map, ports. ; 28 cm. 
jewelleryview full entry
Reference: see Art on a string : Aboriginal threaded objects from the Central Desert and Arnhem Land / Louise Hamby and Diana Young. Art on a string introduces the aesthetic and symbolic power of necklaces and other threaded objects made by Australian Aboriginal artists from the Central desert and Arnhem land.
Notes To accompany the exhibition held at Object galleries, 13 October - 2 December 2001.Includes bibliographical references. [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Object-Australian Centre for Craft and Design and the Centre for Cross-Cultural Research, 2001, 96 p. : col. ill., map, ports. ; 28 cm. 
Contemporary artview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Laverty Colin and Elizabethview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
McKenna Noel with brief essaysview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Larwill David with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Tjampitjin Boxerv Milner with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Mawurndjul John with brief essaysview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Joongoorra Billy Thomas with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Upward Peter with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Walbidi Daniel with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Firth-Smith John with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Whisson Ken with brief essaysview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Watson Tommy with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Larter Richard with brief essaysview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Tomescu Aida with brief essaysview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Robinson William with brief essaysview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Prince of Wales (Midpul) with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Midpul (Prince of Wales) with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Nampitjin Eubena with brief essaysview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Kovacs Ildiko with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Gascoigne Rosalie with brief essaysview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Wunungmurra Djirrirra with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Wunungmurra Djirrirra with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Bedford Paddy with brief essaysview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Kngawarray Emily Kam with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Kngawarray Emily Kam with brief essaysview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Cherel Janangoo Butcher with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Tjakamarra Fred with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Swallow Ricky with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Tjapangarti Wimmitji with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Tjampitjin Sunfly with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Tjapaltjarri Mick Namarari with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Clark Tony with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Napangardi Dorothy Robinson with brief essaysview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Watkins Dick with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Yankarr Paji Honeychild with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Tjungurrayi Yala Yala Gibbs with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Tjungurrayi Yala Yala Gibbs with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Piccinini Patricia with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Piccinini Patricia with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Jaminji Paddy with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Tjupurrula Turkey Tolson with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Tjapanangka Tjumpo with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Hunter Robert with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Booth Peter with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Tjangala Uta Uta with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Billycan Jan with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Kantilla Kitty with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Mitelman Allan with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Wanambi Wukan with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Taylor Michael with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Hearman Louise with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see The Laverty Collection : contemporary Australian art, by John McDonald
Landmark sale catalogue of Australian art, over 260 lots illustrated including indigenous Australian artists.
Publishing details: Sydney : Bonhams Australia, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 384, illustrated.
Blackman Charles 5 worksview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Blackman Charles 5 worksview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Olympics in Melbourne and artview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Blackman Charles 5 worksview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Boyd Arthurview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Brack John and Helen with letter fromview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Brown Joseph 2 works byview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Burns Peterview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Crawford Lenview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Dargie Williamview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Dickerson Robertview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Drew Williamview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Duldig Karlview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Dutkiewicz Wladyslawview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
French Leonardview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Greenaway Ronview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Hester Joyview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Hope Lawrenceview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Howley Johnview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Johnson George 3 worksview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Kane Juliusview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Kemp Rogerview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
King Grahameview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Last Cliffordview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
McGilchrist Ericaview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Meadmore Clementview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Mora Mirkaview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Namatjira Albertview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Nolan Sidneyview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Olsen Johnview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Perceval Johnview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Peroultja Ottoview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Pugh Cliftonview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Redpath Normaview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Shannon Michaelview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Sievers Wolfgang 13 works listedview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Sime Dawnview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Sime Ianview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Rees Lloyd several worksview full entry
Reference: see The Fred and Lucy Gould Art Collection - Toowoomba Regional Art Gallery. Includes furniture, porcelain, ceramics, and art works. No biographical information on artists is included, Includes cataloguing information on works, including works by some lesser-known Australian artists.
Publishing details: Toowoomba, Qld. : The Gallery, [1996] 
42 p. : ill. (some col.)
Modernismview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Televisionview full entry
Reference: see 1956 Melbourne Modernity and the XVI Olympiad. Exhibition catalogue, with essays, and Chronolgy, and list of exhibits.
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Hotspringsview full entry
Reference: see Hot Springs, by Daena Murray, foreword by Nicolas Rothwell, informative text by Daena Murray. [’Dr. Daena Murray, former and now Emeritus Curator of the Museum and Art Gallery of The Northern Territory, has collected together an extraordinary range of contemporary artworks with qualities that clearly identify them with the Northern Territory. Created by both indigenous and non-indigenous artists resident and active in the Northern Territory, these artworks share characteristics that include references and responses to the land and its unique colours and geographic formations; to the diverse culture and cultural changes that have occurred; to specialist local developments in various art forms such as printmaking, woven constructions in natural materials, site specific installation art and sculpture; and to Darwinian origins. Daena Murray s richly detailed and well informed text, with introduction by Nicolas Rothwell, appears alongside the chosen artworks which are beautifully reproduced in this idiosyncratic publication which addresses the influences a particular region can have on its art and artists.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2012. Quarto, cloth covered boards, pictorial dust jacket, pp. 320, vibrantly illustrated in colour throughout
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see Hot Springs, by Daena Murray, foreword by Nicolas Rothwell, informative text by Daena Murray. [’Dr. Daena Murray, former and now Emeritus Curator of the Museum and Art Gallery of The Northern Territory, has collected together an extraordinary range of contemporary artworks with qualities that clearly identify them with the Northern Territory. Created by both indigenous and non-indigenous artists resident and active in the Northern Territory, these artworks share characteristics that include references and responses to the land and its unique colours and geographic formations; to the diverse culture and cultural changes that have occurred; to specialist local developments in various art forms such as printmaking, woven constructions in natural materials, site specific installation art and sculpture; and to Darwinian origins. Daena Murray s richly detailed and well informed text, with introduction by Nicolas Rothwell, appears alongside the chosen artworks which are beautifully reproduced in this idiosyncratic publication which addresses the influences a particular region can have on its art and artists.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2012. Quarto, cloth covered boards, pictorial dust jacket, pp. 320, vibrantly illustrated in colour throughout
Contemporary Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see Hot Springs, by Daena Murray, foreword by Nicolas Rothwell, informative text by Daena Murray. [’Dr. Daena Murray, former and now Emeritus Curator of the Museum and Art Gallery of The Northern Territory, has collected together an extraordinary range of contemporary artworks with qualities that clearly identify them with the Northern Territory. Created by both indigenous and non-indigenous artists resident and active in the Northern Territory, these artworks share characteristics that include references and responses to the land and its unique colours and geographic formations; to the diverse culture and cultural changes that have occurred; to specialist local developments in various art forms such as printmaking, woven constructions in natural materials, site specific installation art and sculpture; and to Darwinian origins. Daena Murray s richly detailed and well informed text, with introduction by Nicolas Rothwell, appears alongside the chosen artworks which are beautifully reproduced in this idiosyncratic publication which addresses the influences a particular region can have on its art and artists.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2012. Quarto, cloth covered boards, pictorial dust jacket, pp. 320, vibrantly illustrated in colour throughout
Northern Territory artistsview full entry
Reference: see Hot Springs, by Daena Murray, foreword by Nicolas Rothwell, informative text by Daena Murray. [’Dr. Daena Murray, former and now Emeritus Curator of the Museum and Art Gallery of The Northern Territory, has collected together an extraordinary range of contemporary artworks with qualities that clearly identify them with the Northern Territory. Created by both indigenous and non-indigenous artists resident and active in the Northern Territory, these artworks share characteristics that include references and responses to the land and its unique colours and geographic formations; to the diverse culture and cultural changes that have occurred; to specialist local developments in various art forms such as printmaking, woven constructions in natural materials, site specific installation art and sculpture; and to Darwinian origins. Daena Murray s richly detailed and well informed text, with introduction by Nicolas Rothwell, appears alongside the chosen artworks which are beautifully reproduced in this idiosyncratic publication which addresses the influences a particular region can have on its art and artists.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2012. Quarto, cloth covered boards, pictorial dust jacket, pp. 320, vibrantly illustrated in colour throughout
illustrators - childrens’ booksview full entry
Reference: see In The Picture: Perspective on Picture Book Art and Artists, by Kerry Mallan. Literature and Literacy for Young People: An Australian Series; 3. No index, some information on illustrators throughout.

Publishing details: Wagga Wagga: Centre For Information Studies, Charles Sturt University, 1999.
[xii], 185 pages. Illustrated wrappers.
childrens’ books illustratorsview full entry
Reference: see In The Picture: Perspective on Picture Book Art and Artists, by Kerry Mallan. Literature and Literacy for Young People: An Australian Series; 3. No index, some information on illustrators throughout.

Publishing details: Wagga Wagga: Centre For Information Studies, Charles Sturt University, 1999.
[xii], 185 pages. Illustrated wrappers.
Rogers Gregory several illustrations p84-5 essay p85view full entry
Reference: see In The Picture: Perspective on Picture Book Art and Artists, by Kerry Mallan. Literature and Literacy for Young People: An Australian Series; 3. No index, some information on illustrators throughout.

Publishing details: Wagga Wagga: Centre For Information Studies, Charles Sturt University, 1999.
[xii], 185 pages. Illustrated wrappers.
Gouldthorpe Peter illustration p84-5view full entry
Reference: see In The Picture: Perspective on Picture Book Art and Artists, by Kerry Mallan. Literature and Literacy for Young People: An Australian Series; 3. No index, some information on illustrators throughout.

Publishing details: Wagga Wagga: Centre For Information Studies, Charles Sturt University, 1999.
[xii], 185 pages. Illustrated wrappers.
Wu Di illustration p84-5view full entry
Reference: see In The Picture: Perspective on Picture Book Art and Artists, by Kerry Mallan. Literature and Literacy for Young People: An Australian Series; 3. No index, some information on illustrators throughout.

Publishing details: Wagga Wagga: Centre For Information Studies, Charles Sturt University, 1999.
[xii], 185 pages. Illustrated wrappers.
Wu Di illustration p84-5view full entry
Reference: see In The Picture: Perspective on Picture Book Art and Artists, by Kerry Mallan. Literature and Literacy for Young People: An Australian Series; 3. No index, some information on illustrators throughout.

Publishing details: Wagga Wagga: Centre For Information Studies, Charles Sturt University, 1999.
[xii], 185 pages. Illustrated wrappers.
Oliver Narelle illustration p84-5 essay p99view full entry
Reference: see In The Picture: Perspective on Picture Book Art and Artists, by Kerry Mallan. Literature and Literacy for Young People: An Australian Series; 3. No index, some information on illustrators throughout.

Publishing details: Wagga Wagga: Centre For Information Studies, Charles Sturt University, 1999.
[xii], 185 pages. Illustrated wrappers.
Oliver Narelle several illustration p84-5view full entry
Reference: see In The Picture: Perspective on Picture Book Art and Artists, by Kerry Mallan. Literature and Literacy for Young People: An Australian Series; 3. No index, some information on illustrators throughout.

Publishing details: Wagga Wagga: Centre For Information Studies, Charles Sturt University, 1999.
[xii], 185 pages. Illustrated wrappers.
Whatley Bruce several illustration p84-5 essay p115view full entry
Reference: see In The Picture: Perspective on Picture Book Art and Artists, by Kerry Mallan. Literature and Literacy for Young People: An Australian Series; 3. No index, some information on illustrators throughout.

Publishing details: Wagga Wagga: Centre For Information Studies, Charles Sturt University, 1999.
[xii], 185 pages. Illustrated wrappers.
Hannay Lorraine several illustration p84-5 essay p129view full entry
Reference: see In The Picture: Perspective on Picture Book Art and Artists, by Kerry Mallan. Literature and Literacy for Young People: An Australian Series; 3. No index, some information on illustrators throughout.

Publishing details: Wagga Wagga: Centre For Information Studies, Charles Sturt University, 1999.
[xii], 185 pages. Illustrated wrappers.
Azar Penny several illustration p84-5 essay p145view full entry
Reference: see In The Picture: Perspective on Picture Book Art and Artists, by Kerry Mallan. Literature and Literacy for Young People: An Australian Series; 3. No index, some information on illustrators throughout.

Publishing details: Wagga Wagga: Centre For Information Studies, Charles Sturt University, 1999.
[xii], 185 pages. Illustrated wrappers.
Gould Fred and Lucy Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: City of Toowoomba Fred and Lucy Gould Art Collection, Section 1 - Antiques, Section 2 - Paintings, Etchings. No biographical information on artists is included. {Note that a later catalogue of the Gould collection was published by Toowoomba Art Gallery, Qld. : [1996], 42 p. : ill.
Publishing details: Toowoomba, Qld. : City of Toowoomba, no dat [1950s?]
16 pages . : ill. (some col.)
Ref: 125
Hampel Carlview full entry
Reference: City of Toowoomba Fred and Lucy Gould Art Collection, Section 1 - Antiques, Section 2 - Paintings, Etchings. No biographical information on artists is included. But includes info on Hampel that he was from Ballarat, and the he and his wife and child were killed in London during an air blitz.
Publishing details: Toowoomba, Qld. : City of Toowoomba, no dat [1950s?]
16 pages . : ill. (some col.)
Moodie Charlesview full entry
Reference: see Duggleby Stephenson of York, auction 5.1.24, lol 6560, Charles Moodie (Australian 1947-): Grand Canal Venice with Gondoliers, oil pastel signed and dated 2014, 39cm x 36cm
Reschke Maureen Joyview full entry
Reference: see Broward Auction Gallery LLC, Dania Beach, FL, US, 5 February, 2024, lot 184: ARTIST: Maureen Joy Reschke (Australian, 1933 - ???)
TITLE: Farm Landscape
MEDIUM: oil on board
CONDITION: Very good. No visible inpaint under UV light.
ART SIZE: 5 x 7 inches / 12 x 17 cm
FRAME SIZE: 9 x 11 inches / 22 x 27 cm
SIGNATURE: lower left
CATEGORY: old antique vintage painting for auction sale online
AD: ART CONSIGNMENTS WANTED. CONTACT US
SKU#: 128132
US Shipping $42 + insurance.

BIOGRAPHY:
Born in Mannum, South Australia, Maureen Reschke studied at the Girls Central Art School in Adelaide and layer under David Dridan. She has had numerous solo shows in Adelaide and Melbourne and has won several awards, including the Camberwell Rotary Art Exhibition in 1972.
Martin Maxview full entry
Reference: see press release, eg., Northern Community News, Sunday, December 24, 2023:
Max Martin’s work at Bridget McDonnell Gallery
Eltham artist Max Martin 1889-1965 "Painter of Genius" Book launch and exhibition or works from the family of the artist in Eltham
In 1922 Max Martin’s painting, Portrait Group was hung on the line at the Royal Academy in London. Deemed by the art critics to be the picture of the year it was seen to be Frank Rutter, Sunday Times 1922 ‘the most astonishing thing in the Academy’. Portrait Group is now a feature in the collection of the NGV.
‘Max Martin is a painter of genius, possessing a palette of startling force and a vision instilled with drama. His paintings reveal deep knowledge and an authentic handling. Max Martin is a painter of whom Australia should be proud.’ Hayter Preston, Sunday Referee 1924
Jeremy Hill, an Irish collector and dealer, has single-handedly raised the profile of this little known Australian artist. For over 20 years he has researched Martin and is responsible for the State Library of Victoria acquiring three major paintings, one of which is Self Portrait 1963, the acclaimed Archibald Prize entry and cover of his recently published biography which will be launched on 27th November by Hon Barry Jones AM.
The Bridget McDonnell Gallery, Carlton, will host the launch and an exhibition of this forgotten Fitzroy born artist. Max Martin (1889-1965), titled No Singing in Gum Trees, published by Wakefield Press. An exhibition of Martin’s paintings will run at the gallery from 14th-30th November 2023.
James Patrick (Max) Martin was born in Fitzroy, Melbourne in 1889 to a working-class family. Early years were spent locally; a scholarship to the Jesuits at St. Patricks College, East Melbourne and art classes at Fitzroy School of Art and Victorian Artists’ Society. At 17 he began working at MacRobertson’s sweet factory where he acquired the name Mac’s Martin in the wrestling rings.
In 1913, he travelled to England. cold and poverty nearly destroyed him but he obtained work painting pub signs for a brewery and managed to save enough to attend St. Martin’s School of Art. An unexpected offer of work with Pathé Frères, the world’s most successful film company, allowed him an extended stay in Paris where he wrote, directed and animated the world’s first animated cinematic cartoons. By 1918 he was back in London attending St. Martin’s School of Art. He took a studio in Chelsea and was included in He was elected a Member of the Royal Society of British Artists in 1919 and was also an exhibitor with the New English Art Club.
He moved to England where He was also made an Associate of the Paris Salon in 1924
Lavish again in their praise in 1924, the critics proclaimed Melbourne-born Max Martin’s latest painting. ‘That strangely mysterious and remarkably painted work Witchcraft stood out as a fine contribution to contemporary art’. A young man from the working-class suburb of Fitzroy was on the cusp of a brilliant career and was the talk of the Academy’s salons. Far from his humble origins, he now stood shoulder to shoulder with the leading figures of London’s art world.
His Irish Lamentation was included in the 1924 Paris Salon d’Automne and he was elected an Associate member. After a solo show in Dublin in 1927 he spent the next 20 years as a scenic artist in the major London theatres. He returned to Australia in 1948, lived in Victor Harbor, S.A., and had a solo show in 1949 in Adelaide. Later that year he moved to Melbourne, settling in Eltham, He was soon appointed staff scenic painter at The Tivoli. In the 1950s he painted for his own pleasure exhibiting occasionally at the Herald Outdoor Art Show, Tye’s and Myer’s Gallery.
Three notable works from this period are now in the State Library of Victoria art collection. To be included in the forthcoming exhibition is his 1955 Crucifixion with a remarkable portrayal of a female Christ and gay John the Apostle. He campaigned for nuclear disarmament in the late 1950s and created two powerful anti-war works. His ultimate work Portrait of the Artist (collection SLV) was a commended entry in the 1963 Archibald Prize but he died in obscurity at his home in Eltham in 1965. The recent discovery of 22 works from the collection of the artist’s family in Eltham, (currently on show at Bridget McDonnell Gallery) is enough to suggest a re-evaluation of the artist and a deserved place in Australian art history.
Jeremy Hill will give a floor talk at the gallery on Monday 21st November at 5pm. The exhibition is on until 30th Nov.

Folkcraft of Melbourneview full entry
Reference: Folkcraft of Melbourne: Report of the Ethnic Craft Study, 1979. [To be indexed]
Publishing details: Rethink Community Arts Research Unit
Melbourne: Pitspace, 1979. 70 pages, single-sided leaves. Side-stapled illustrated paper, cloth tape spine.
Ref: 1000
Conflict: Contemporary Responses to Warview full entry
Reference: Conflict: Contemporary Responses to War, by Samantha Littley. [To be indexed]
Publishing details: Brisbane: UQ Art Museum, 2014. 16 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated fold-out saddle-stapled wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Walsh Craigview full entry
Reference: Self Promotion: A Touring Installation, by Craig Walsh, Linda Carroli. A touring installation by Craig Walsh, Institute of Modern Art 27 November 1997 – 31 January 1998.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 1997. [6] pages, black and white photographs. Single leaf gatefold. [filed inside Craig Walsh - Museum of Contemporary Art Australia, 2013].
Woven Purpose Theview full entry
Reference: The Woven Purpose, by Eliza Cole. Exhibition catalogue of Jumbun, Lockhart River, and Aurukun weavers.

Publishing details: Brisbane: Craft Queensland, 2005. 24 pages, colour photographs. Lettered saddle-stapled wrappers.
Ref: 1000
weavingview full entry
Reference: see The Woven Purpose, by Eliza Cole. Exhibition catalogue of Jumbun, Lockhart River, and Aurukun weavers.

Publishing details: Brisbane: Craft Queensland, 2005. 24 pages, colour photographs. Lettered saddle-stapled wrappers.
Jumbun, Lockhart River, and Aurukun weavers.view full entry
Reference: see The Woven Purpose, by Eliza Cole. Exhibition catalogue of Jumbun, Lockhart River, and Aurukun weavers.

Publishing details: Brisbane: Craft Queensland, 2005. 24 pages, colour photographs. Lettered saddle-stapled wrappers.
Aurukun weaversview full entry
Reference: see The Woven Purpose, by Eliza Cole. Exhibition catalogue of Jumbun, Lockhart River, and Aurukun weavers.

Publishing details: Brisbane: Craft Queensland, 2005. 24 pages, colour photographs. Lettered saddle-stapled wrappers.
Gathering Strandsview full entry
Reference: Gathering Strands, by Freja Carmichael. Exhibition catalogue “reviving traditional Indigenous fibre-making practices in South East Queensland…”. Features work by Yunggaire weavers, Amanda Hayman, Judy Watson, Glennys Briggs, Delvene Cockatoo-Collins, Elisa Jane Carmichael, Chantal Henley, Carol McGregor, Sarah Wapau, Hannah Gutch and Hannah Bronte, Sonja Carmichael, Sharon Phineasa, Debbie Presley, and Katina Davidson. Curated by Freja Carmichael.

Publishing details: Cleveland: Redland Art Gallery, 2016. 48 pages, colour photographs. Lettered saddle-stapled wrappers.
,
Ref: 1000
Places Not Spacesview full entry
Reference: Places Not Spaces, Placemaking in Australia, by Tamara Winikoff. “This is a book about collaborative projects, involving artists, designers, and the community, which set out to redefine the value and qualities of public space.” (from introduction)
Publishing details: Sydney: Envirobook, 1995. 117 pages, photographs, many in colour. Pictorial wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Dirrmu Ngangungime: Our Artworkview full entry
Reference: Dirrmu Ngangungime: Our Artwork. Exhibition catalogue of contemporary Aboriginal artists from the Thamarrurr region, Northern Territory.
Publishing details: Darwin: Karen Brown Gallery, 2009. [12] pages, colour illustrations and photographs. Illustrated saddle-stapled wrappers.
Ref: 1000
ELISONview full entry
Reference: The Intertwining – The Chasm: Installation-Performance Works, 1994-96, by Domenico de Clario, Elision, Liza Lim. nstallation-Performance Works, 1994-96, with CD of improvisations by Elision. Contains extensive performance notes and illustrations.

Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 1998. 72 pages, colour illustrations, 1 audio CD. Lettered saddle-stapled wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Writing Artview full entry
Reference: Writing Art. By Brett Jones. Papers from the forums held at West Space Inc. on 1 and 15 September 1996.
Publishing details: Melbourne: West Space, 1996. 63 pages. Illustrated wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Robinson Williamview full entry
Reference: Paintings and Pastels - William Robinson

Publishing details: Philip Bacon Galleries, Brisbane: 2003. 36 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated french fold wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Robinson Williamview full entry
Reference: William Robinson: Paintings and Sculptures, 2003-2005, by Lynne Seear

Publishing details: Melbourne: Australian Galleries, 2005. 65 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.

Brown Leonardview full entry
Reference: Riders in the Chariot - Leonard Brown

Publishing details: Brisbane: Andrew Baker Art Dealer, 2021.26 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated saddle-stapled wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Sages Jennyview full entry
Reference: Diary of My Days, 2008.
Publishing details: Sydney: King Street Gallery on William, 2008. 28 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.

Ref: 1000
Threaded Paradoxview full entry
Reference: Threaded Paradox, Contemporary Fibre Art from South East Queensland, by Beth Jackson, Margaret Maynard. Exhibition catalogue. Full list of artists: Christine Ballinger, Anna Burch, Sine McCann, Adele Outteridge, Helen Sanderson, Tina Sutton, Maggie Taylor, Sheena Walsh, Dorothy Watson, Bernadette Will, Wendy Wright, and Kerry Zerner.
Publishing details: Ipswich: Ipswich City Council, 1992. 33 pages, colour illustrations. Saddle-stapled wrappers.


Ref: 1000
Zootopiaview full entry
Reference: Zootopia, Posters from the Urban Jungle, Beth Jackson, Craig Douglas. Catalogue of an exhibition at Dell Gallery, Queensland College of Art, Griffith University 2 April – 22 May 2005.
Publishing details: Brisbane: State Library of Queensland and Griffith University, 2005. 32 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated saddle-stapled wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Brownhall Robertview full entry
Reference: Robert Brownhall

Publishing details: Brisbane: Philip Bacon Galleries, 2015.12 pages, colour illustrations
Ref: 1000
Emanuel Cedricview full entry
Reference: Cedric Emanual - A lifetime of art PART 2 - auction catalogue, Barsby’s, Sydney, Wednesday 3rd January 2024, from 12noon 205 lots.
Cedric Emanuel was a successful and prolific artist. For most of his life he sketched and painted the rapidly changing scenes of Australia from the outback to the inner suburbs of Sydney. This collection provides a unique historical record, the product of one man.
This collection represents a historic record of Sydney, Australia and many parts of Europe.
The auction includes hundreds of drawings and paintings by this skilful artist. 

Barsby auctions is proud to be selling this lifetime collection, by this great artist.
Ref: 1000
Shiels Julieview full entry
Reference: The Grandmasters II #Last_days, by Julie Shiels.
“Critiques of power and politics have been the subject of painting across historical epochs and cultures. The parodies in the Grandmasters series build on this rich tradition to invite us to reflect on the behaviours of those who hold high office. The first volume in the series, ‘The Grandmasters #Sh*tf*ckery’, was born out of anger and despair during Covid. But even as the pandemic eased, the excuses and avoidances of the Morrison government on women, refugees and climate continued to shock. ‘The Grandmasters II #Last_days’ captures the last days of the 46th parliament, and hopefully this government.” (publisher’s blurb) Signed and numbered edition of 200 copies.
Publishing details: Melbourne: M.33, 2022., 44 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated saddle-stapled french fold wrappers.
Shiels Julieview full entry
Reference: The Grandmasters: #sh*tf*ckery, by Julie Shiels.
‘Born out of the anger and frustration induced by the Australian Government’s responses to the monumental crises of the last two years, this ’quick response’ publication presents a comic yet profoundly serious investigation into the wiles, evasions, obfuscations and monumental failings of our political masters.

Shiels says: ‘This book is for people who can’t stay away from politics even though it affects their mental health. At a time when the actions or inactions of the Morrison government are shaping our future, it’s hard not to want cry, implode with impotence or try to block politics out altogether. The Grandmasters collection of political parodies provides a new way of engaging with the trickery, duplicity and dirty deeds of our current political leaders. The digital collages provide new insights by reprising the historical, allegorical and mythical themes of Old Master painting from the 14th to the 19th Century – times themselves in which political bastardry was pervasive.
 
Combining verbatim quotes extracted from the daily news churn with headshots of the offenders, the behaviours of the powerful are thrown into sharp relief. By injecting satire and humour into contemporary issues such as climate change, Covid, sexual violence against women and gender equality, these images hopefully make it easier to stay vigilant. If we stop paying attention it will only get worse.’

Publishing details: Melbourne: M.33, 44 pages, 28 x 23.5 cm, softcover,
Ref: 1009
Shiels Julieview full entry
Reference: from artist’s website:
ABOUT
Julie makes sculptural and photo media artworks for the gallery, the web and public spaces. Transforming everyday objects,  text and overlooked places, her creative projects draw attention to the things that are hidden, undervalued or slipping from view.
She started her art career as screen printer and political poster maker and was a founding member of Another Planet Posters. She subsequently worked collaboratively with culturally diverse communities, museums and arts organisations on mixed media projects that were concerned with inequality and social change.
Throughout her career Shiels has been both an artist and project manager. She developed her process-based methods over two decades, working collaboratively with culturally diverse communities, museums and arts organisations, including the Jewish Museum, Immigration Museum, and with local councils — Banyule, Albury, Bayside and City of Port Phillip.
EXHIBITIONS:
During Covid Julie concentrated her energies on temporary works on-ine and in public space. The Grandmasters political parodies series was presented on Instagram julie.shiels and as salon hang paste-ups in inner Melbourne. 
Julie’s solo shows include: Hidden Life, Linden New Art, All that Remains, Benalla Art Gallery (2019), Empty, Atrium Gallery, Sofitel Hotel, Melbourne (2018), Narrating Absence, Linden New Art (2016), Resisting Disappearance, AC Institute (2015) New York, Ubiquitous Object, Ambivalent Things – Margaret Lawrence Gallery (2015) Things Fall Apart, Kings ARI (2013), Material Affect, The Substation (2013), Trace 2, Linden Centre for Contemporary Art (2012), Placeholders and Rubbish Theory, Platform Contemporary Art Spaces (2012 and 2009); Cusp, RMIT Project Space (2011), and Sleeper, Monash Gallery of Art (2009), Flock, Ararat Regional Gallery (2008), Monument, Albury Regional Gallery (2007).
Her work is regularly exhibited in group shows and surveys — most recently: Too Many Cooks: Conflicting Narratives in Australia’s Visual Histories, Plimsoll Gallery, University of Tasmania, Recent Acquisitions, Geelong Gallery, Unfinished Business: Perspectives on art and feminism, ACCA Australian Centre for Contemporary Art (2018), Don’t Be Too Polite: Posters and Activism, The Ian Potter Museum of Art, Melbourne (2017), Land/resistance, Defying Empire, National Gallery of Australia (2017), Don’t Be Too Polite: Posters and Activism, Ian Potter Museum of Art, Recent Acquisitions: Port Phillip City Collection 2013 – 14, The Gallery, St Kilda Town Hall (2014), Regimes of Value, Margaret Lawrence Gallery and Substation (2013).
PUBLICATIONS:
Julie’s photomedia work has been published by M.33, Melbourne: The Grandmasters II #Last_days (2022), The Grandmasters #sh*tf*ckery (2021) Empty (2018), Waiting (2017) and  As Long as it Lasts (2014).
Julie is a regular writer for The Conversation.
SELECTED RESIDENCIES, AWARDS and GRANTS
She has been commissioned to produce public sculptures: Material Fix (2022), Pipemakers Park, Maribyrnong, Just Passing Through, (2019), Rosanna Station, New Riviera, (2019) Kingston City Council, Small moments on a long street – public art trail, Bayside City Council (2014 -15), The Last Move, Albert Tower (2013), Aunty Alma’s Seat, (2006) and Margins, memories and markers (2002-3), City of Port Phillip.
Julie has received arts development grants through City of Melbourne (2011 and 2007), Arts Victoria (2004) and the Australia Council for the Arts: New Work (2009) Arts Fellowship (2004–05). She has undertaken funded residencies at Red Gate Gallery in Beijing, China (2010 Toyota Travel Prize), Albury Regional Gallery (2006) and Hanoi, Vietnam (1997, Australia Council).
Her work has been acquired by public collections including: Australian National Gallery, Australia Embassy – Vietnam, Museum of Victoria, Melbourne, Polish Poster Biennale, Powerhouse Museum, Sydney, State Library of New South Wales, State Library of Victoria, National Library of Australia, Gallery of New South Wales, City of Port Phillip, Banyule City Council, Ballarat Regional Gallery, Australian Centre for the Moving Image, Australian War Memorial, Baillieu Library, Rare Book Collection, Melbourne University, Ian Potter Museum of Art, University of Melbourne.
Julie Shiels completed her PhD at the Victorian College of the Arts in 2015 and was the recipient of the University of Melbourne’s Stella Mary Langford Post Graduate Scholarship. Prior to that she was awarded a Masters of Art from RMIT University in 2006 where she was a sessional lecturer until 2019.
CV Julie Shiels -2022
Shiels Julieview full entry
Reference: Julie Shiels - As Long as It Lasts. Essay by Gillian Whiteley, School of the Arts, Loughborough, UK, Edited by Helen Frajman. Designed by Joy Hawkins. [‘As Long as it Lasts is a collection of photographs that record Julie Shiels ephemeral text interventions on urban waste. Over the last nine years, Shiels has transformed hundreds of abandoned objects on local streets with stencils of quotations and truisms sourced from the public domain. She says of the project: “I wanted to rework the detritus to reveal the tensions that occur as a suburb becomes both more desirable and simultaneously more homogeneous. Over time the intention became less about the social and more concerned with impermanence and the passing of time.”’]
Publishing details: M33, 2014, 88 pages,softcover, M.33 (Melbourne).
Ref: 1000
From Nobbys to Patersonview full entry
Reference: see Photos of old Newcastle : from Nobbys to Paterson / by John Turner and Jack Sullivan ; photography prepared by Jack Sullivan.

Publishing details: Newcastle, N.S.W. : Hunter History Consultants, 1987, 80 p. : ill., maps, ports.
Photos of old Newcastleview full entry
Reference: see Photos of old Newcastle : from Nobbys to Paterson / by John Turner and Jack Sullivan ; photography prepared by Jack Sullivan.

Publishing details: Newcastle, N.S.W. : Hunter History Consultants, 1987, 80 p. : ill., maps, ports.
Ref: 1000
Australian Nature Picturesview full entry
Reference: Australian nature pictures, edited by Charles Barrett. Includes notes on some of the photographers.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Alexander McCubbin, [1920] [10] p., 32 leaves of plates : chiefly ill.
Ref: 1000
photographyview full entry
Reference: see Australian nature pictures, edited by Charles Barrett. Includes notes on some of the photographers.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Alexander McCubbin, [1920] [10] p., 32 leaves of plates : chiefly ill.
Nature Photographers Club of Australiaview full entry
Reference: see Australian nature pictures, edited by Charles Barrett. Includes notes on some of the photographers.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Alexander McCubbin, [1920] [10] p., 32 leaves of plates : chiefly ill.
Kinane Claude photographerview full entry
Reference: see Australian nature pictures, edited by Charles Barrett. Includes notes on some of the photographers.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Alexander McCubbin, [1920] [10] p., 32 leaves of plates : chiefly ill.
Barrett Charles photographerview full entry
Reference: see Australian nature pictures, edited by Charles Barrett. Includes notes on some of the photographers.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Alexander McCubbin, [1920] [10] p., 32 leaves of plates : chiefly ill.
Mattingly Arthur photographerview full entry
Reference: see Australian nature pictures, edited by Charles Barrett. Includes notes on some of the photographers.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Alexander McCubbin, [1920] [10] p., 32 leaves of plates : chiefly ill.
Campbell Archibald J photographerview full entry
Reference: see Australian nature pictures, edited by Charles Barrett. Includes notes on some of the photographers.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Alexander McCubbin, [1920] [10] p., 32 leaves of plates : chiefly ill.
Ramsay John photographerview full entry
Reference: see Australian nature pictures, edited by Charles Barrett. Includes notes on some of the photographers.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Alexander McCubbin, [1920] [10] p., 32 leaves of plates : chiefly ill.
Lawrence Stanley photographerview full entry
Reference: see Australian nature pictures, edited by Charles Barrett. Includes notes on some of the photographers.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Alexander McCubbin, [1920] [10] p., 32 leaves of plates : chiefly ill.
Chandler Leslie photographerview full entry
Reference: see Australian nature pictures, edited by Charles Barrett. Includes notes on some of the photographers.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Alexander McCubbin, [1920] [10] p., 32 leaves of plates : chiefly ill.
Wadham William Joseph view full entry
Reference: Catalogue of Works of Art by Famous European Painters from the collection of Lord Wolverton, Lady Wolverton, Sir James D. Linton and others to be sold by Public Auction by W. A. Little & McIlveen, Ltd Fine Art Auctioneers at the WADHAM ART GALLERY, Pomeroy House, 9 Barrack Street, Sydney. There are 151 lots in the catalogue. Ten of these are paintings by Wadham himself.
Publishing details: 1922
Siemer Christian Emil 1874-1940view full entry
Reference: see DAAO entry (unmoderated as at December 2023):
Chris Siemer (also known as Christian Emil Siemer) was born in Adelaide on 22 November 1874 to German immigrant parents Chris Emil Siemer (1841 – 1919) and Emilie Siemer (1841 – 1937). His mother Emilie was an interesting and accomplished person, who graduated from Adelaide University at 64 and published two books at 74. In her younger years she was Secretary of the Working Women’s Trade Union in South Australia and was a pioneering advocate for women’s rights and equality in the workplace.
Siemer studied under William Joseph Wadham (1863-1950) and Alfred Sinclair Wadham (1866 – 1938) over 1893 / 1894 at the very least, at the prestigious Wadham and Sinclair’s School of Art in Adelaide. Siemer won first prize at a student exhibition in 1894 for his painting “Mist, Port River.” Another early painting “A winter scene in the hills,’ also an exhibition prize winner, was acquired by the Port Adelaide Gallery in 1895 (noting the gallery closed during the twentieth century). Siemer then travelled to Europe in 1895 / 1896 to further his artistic training, or as one critic put it “…in search of the artistic and has visited many of the leading studios in the old world.” He returned from Europe to Adelaide by early 1899. As he was starting to make a significant name for himself in the Australian art scene, he left for New Zealand across 1901 / 1902 to be with his soon to be New Zealand wife and to start a family. On 18 March 1903 he married Sissy had a daughter Olga shortly after and then a son also named Christian Emil Siemer (jnr). Sissy sadly died in 1904 shortly after their second child was born. Siemer then moved with the children back to South Australia shortly after Sissy’s death. He then settled in Los Angeles in 1906 (or 1913) and remained a resident there until he passed away on 6 February 1940.
Siemer had a distinct impressionist style that pushed boundaries, particularly in the era towards the end of the nineteenth century. As early as 1894, when he was still a student, a critic noted “…that of Mr C Siemer claims attention…he is evidently pleased with a broad suggestive style, for all of his pictures are so painted. Whether this is wise for a beginner to aim at a breadth and dash that is generally looked upon as a sequel to ripe experience is a question that Mr Siemer has evidently solved in a manner to the greatest authorities on art: but his pictures are clever, are what one would suppose he wished, and are decidedly marked by originality.” A critic reviewing an 1896 exhibition noted “Amongst the exhibits that will command attention, and elicit blame and praise and varied speculation, it is safe to prominently place those by …C Siemer.” Another critic reviewing a 1900 exhibition states “…after an absence of years (due to Siemer’s stay in Europe), has returned to Adelaide a better artist when he left it…he has travelled a good deal, and there can be no question that were he to apply himself to art seriously, he would speedily take a prominent place among Australian artists. His leanings are strongly in favour of the French school, or what is generally understood to be the French style, and his “Under the Pines” contains work that could only be expected from one much more experienced and advanced in the realms of art.” Siemer’s individual / non-conforming style commanded attention in this era.
Siemer exhibited frequently in Australia across 1893 – 1900, including at early student exhibitions, with the Adelaide Easel Club and the South Australian Arts Society. Critics enjoyed the work of Siemer, with the following quote from the 1900 Easel Club Exhibition being quite typical “…this picture shows that he made good use of his time in the gay capital (Paris). The limpidity of the water and the sensation of sunshine have been splendidly secured, and the picture is one that will give pleasure to those who look on Mr. Siemer as one of our promising artists.” He also exhibited at the Federal Exhibition of 1900, and even with other esteemed artists such as Long, Mather, McCubbin and Teague exhibiting, he attracted critical review, with one writing “Chris Siemer has produced a work of considerable power in “A Swagman.”” Siemer’s work attracted the attention of art critics whenever he exhibited. Siemer was one of South Australia’s young shining stars by the year 1900, before heading overseas, in the first instance to be with his soon to be New Zealand wife and to start a family.
After the tragedy of his new wife Sissy passing away and being a widower looking after his two children, Siemer’s big career break came during his time in the USA. Available information indicates Siemer moved to the USA in either 1906 or 1913. Very little information is currently known of Siemer’s activities from 1913 to 1925. However, from 1925 his artistic career flourished and he became known as “…one of the west’s best known painters”. By 1925, he had received a one-year contract from the Los Angeles Chamber of Commerce to paint forty-seven panoramas of Southern California to decorate the ground-floor display space of the Chamber’s new quarters on Twelfth Street. Siemer’s contract seems to have been repeatedly renewed, as he continued to paint canvases for the Chamber up until the time of his death, leading him to be termed locally as “The Chamber of Commerce Artist” per Richard Reitzel, et.al., Art at the Jonathan Club, LA: Jonathan Art Foundation, 2010. Well known US art historian Nancy Mourne also supplied the following newspaper extracts mentioning Siemer’s work:
 “Chamber Retains Popular Artist” to paint dioramas for L A C of C, PSN, Jan. 10, 1925, p. 31; 
 “Oil Painting of Bridge Showing: Canvas by Chris Siemer Goes All Over Nation,” PSN, Aug. 27, 1927, p. 29; 
 “Noted Artist for Paintings. Chris Siemer is one of the west’s best-known painters. The air view paintings of Morro Bay, Pismo Beach and the other paintings used to represent this county at the land show will be on exhibit in various places throughout the county after the close of the show in Los Angeles,” From the 7-volume set “Art and Photography” of the Central Coast, PSCA, vol. 13, nos. 1-7. SLO DT, Feb. 5, 1930, p. 3.
Siemer was a member of the Painters and Sculptors of Los Angeles and his exhibitions included the Century of Progress Fair: Golden Gate International Exposition, 1939 and the California State Fairs; Del Mar Fairgrounds, 1940.
Three of Siemer’s paintings are held by the Jonathan Art Foundation in Los Angeles.
Siemer passed away on 6 February 1940 in Los Angeles aged 66, USA leaving daughter Olga and son Christian (also referred to as “Jim”). Records indicated he painted until his death. His paintings are still in significant demand to the present day.
Writers:

CBann
Date written:
2023
Last updated:
2023
Power Peterview full entry
Reference: see DAAO entry (unmodified as at December, 2023:
Peter Power, potential Eureka Stockade survivor, father to Harold Septimus Power and colonial painter, was likely born on 1 May 1830, in Cheltenham, Gloucestershire, England, United Kingdom, to his Irish parents Peter Power and Ann Sexton. Power arrived in Melbourne, Australia via the ship “Albatross” on 7 April 1853 with “hatter” as his occupation. Marriage certificate records indicate that he married Jane Amers at Scots Church in Melbourne in 1862, with both listed as living in Ballarat at the time. Power and wife Jane moved to Dunedin, New Zealand in 1862, not long after being married to start a family. They remained in New Zealand until approximately 1894. At that time, Power and at least part of the family moved back to Australia to live in Brunswick, Victoria, before moving to Hampton until he died on 4 August 1920. Power and wife Jane were the parents of one daughter and seven sons, including the highly successful artist Harold Septimus Power (1877-1951). Records indicate Power was hesitant for Harold to follow the artist path, before a conversation with the well-known artist Walter Withers convinced him that his son had special artistic qualities.
Several existing records indicate that Power was a self-taught artist. However, an interview with Power for the Melbourne Herald in 1918 states that “…he studied under Reed, an Academy painter of note.” The article also states that Power initially moved to Geelong in Victoria, before eventually following the Victorian gold rush (located Ballarat / Central Victoria), which is consistent with the overview of Power in book “The art of H.Septimus Power” by Max Middleton. Very significant to the overall story of Power is that the article states “He was with the miners at the Eureka Stockade rising, but, getting away safely, he went to New Zealand, before returning, married at Geelong (noting this should read Melbourne), and took his wife to New Zealand, where the family…were reared.” It is a very significant statement with potential historical implications, in that it indicates that a survivor of Australia’s most famous rebellion, the 1854 Eureka Stockade, became a well-regarded artist and also the father of Harold Septimus Power. Available records do indicate that Power was in Ballarat during the later 1850s / early 1860s, with one record noting he was part owner in a Ballarat hat manufacturing company (which dissolved in 1858). His marriage certificate from 1862 also lists Ballarat as his address as well as “hatter” as occupation.
Power specialised in romantic colonial style landscapes, with his paintings first attracting the attention of fellow passenger, Mr W. Watson Boyes, aboard their 1852 / 1853 journey on the Albatross to Australia. His first exhibited painting was listed in a newspaper article from 1860, with the painting placed as part of the 1860 Ballarat Mechanic’s Bazaar. His first New Zealand painting is dated 1862 (part of the Otago Settlers Museum Collection), the same year he arrived with his wife. His first recorded New Zealand exhibition was in 1865 and he was listed as a Dunedin artist in 1866-67 in Stevens & Bartholomew Directory; in 1875-78 and 1883-84 Wise’s. Power exhibited frequently as an artist, including with the Auckland Society of Arts, the Canterbury Society of Arts and the Otago Art Society. He received a second-place award at the Dunedin Industrial Exhibition of 1881. The Otago Art Society noted in 1884 that “…his (Power’s) View on the Sideland Flagstaff (No.2) exhibits evidence of very careful work, the hillside with its native scrub and the digger’s tents being nicely painted. “Twilight Diggers Camp” (No 53) is also a good picture.” The Society also noted in 1887 that “Mr Peter Power, an old member and constant contributor to the Gallery, is to the fore with quite a number of pictures, all executed in his well-known style.” Perhaps Power’s most significant exhibitions were the two international exhibitions held in Australia over 1879 and 1880, where some of the best artists across the world also exhibited. Power exhibited his signature Dunedin landscape paintings at these two international exhibitions. The Colonial and Indian Exhibition in London 1886 was also a significant exhibition where Power exhibited three paintings. Power also travelled back to Australia in 1888 to exhibit and sell three large paintings of New Zealand scenery in the Australian market. Another aim of the trip was to establish agencies in Australia for New Zealand art. When living back in Australia, Power exhibited two paintings at the 1901 Victorian Gold Jubilee Exhibition in Bendigo – these being “In the mushroom season” and “Spring morning on Merri Creek.”
As well as an artist, a newspaper advertisement from 1880 shows that he was also an art teacher, providing afternoon and evening lessons in drawing and painting. Power also likely continued as a hatter for a discrete stage of his life in New Zealand, owning a hat manufacturer and / or working for the hat manufacturer McLenahan and McCuaig. When Power moved back to Australia, he continued to paint but also teach in Brunswick, Victoria.
On a personal front, Power was a friend of J.E Moultray, a well-known Dunedin artist. To give an insight into Power’s character, the well-known New Zealand artist Alfred Henry O’Keeffe wrote of Power as “a jolly old Irishman, who, if he sold a picture, gave a party,” which gives insight into Power’s character. The 1918 Herald article quotes Power “…and I don’t think about time. The days pass and I paint. I live a delightful dual existence, working today in the reconstruction of the past, I have an unusually good memory for beautiful scenery, and many of my pictures are of views captured and stored away years ago. Outside of my family I have few visitors…but those interested in art are interesting to me, and I am glad to see them.”
Power has paintings in the Geelong Gallery, Victoria, Australia, the Hocken Gallery, New Zealand and the Otago Settlers Museum, New Zealand.
Blackburn-Elliot Nview full entry
Reference: poster on eBay December 2023: Early 1970’s Australian Psychedelic Poster signed by N Blackburn-Elliot.
The message: poster renaissance centre. Corner of Victoria and Orwell streets. Kings Cross.
57x45cm
Clarkson Jeanview full entry
Reference: 2 posters on eBay December 2023:
Tinsheds Silkscreen Jean Clarkson Gig Poster is a rare gem for art lovers. This vintage print is in used condition and was produced in 1985. It is a silkscreen print and a must-have for collectors.
This poster is in the permanent collection of National gallery of Australia in Canberra.see last image.
The poster features a gig by Sydney band The Umbrellas and is a perfect addition to any art print collection.
The Silkscreen poster from the prestigious Tinsheds at Sydney University.
Jean Clarkson Gig Poster 1985 is a great representation for those looking for screenprints ,printed in colour, from three stencils
TEXT PRINTED FROM MATRIX
Printed centre right vertically, 'JEAN CLARKSON'.
MATRIX SIZE
72.6 x 48.0 cm (printed image)
EDITION INFORMATION
print run unknown
Pin holes in corners
and
This is a used Tinsheds Silkscreen print from 1985 by Jean Clarkson. The print is a gig poster and measures approximately 50cm x 75cm.

Featuring bold colours and a striking design, this vintage artwork is a must-this famous Tinsheds poster is in the permanent collection of National gallery of Australia.
Silkscreen printed in four stencils by Jean Clarkson in 1985 .

The print is in good condition for its age, with some signs of wear and tear visible. See photographs.
Don't miss out on the chance to own a piece of Australian 1980’s history with this iconic Jean Clarkson print.

72.6 x 48.0 cm (printed image)
Merrett Stewart 1943 - 2020view full entry
Reference: poster on eBay December 2023:
Stewart Merret cockatoo poster.
Stewart Merrett’s work is an unabashed celebration of life. Whether sun-soaked open seas or the delights of domestic life, his vision evades, in his words, being overly “intimidating, precious or intellectual”.

Across his career, Merrett won acclaim for his textile art and screenprints. He created murals for master architect I.M. Pei, the Hilton and casinos in Darwin and Alice Springs, taking inspiration from everywhere: the garden, Japanese and Chinese design and his life in Melbourne society. He is represented in numerous corporate, private and public collections, including at the National Gallery of Victoria.

For fans of Merrett and the 1980s aesthetic, ‘Zebrasses’ is a find that will never change its stripes.



Lane Leonie view full entry
Reference: poster on eBay December 2023:
Malcom Fraser Tin Sheds Poster. Leonie Lane 1980 the eighties Lucifoil Collective
this poster is reproduced in the catalogue of 2015 exhibition Girls at the tin sheds- Sydney feminist posters 1975-1990
Curated by Kate Yuill

Condition is good, poster is a silk screen printed, with several stencils.
An original vintage , not a reproduction...
In the permanent collection of NGA Canberra and powerhouse museum...Image # 3 is taken from National Gallerie website
Martin Matthewview full entry
Reference: poster on eBay December 2023:
this large poster designed by Matthew Martin from Mambo fame...Australian Band Rockmelons Poster.

Promotional poster for 1988 album Tales of the city. See CD information on photographs
( CD not included in sale)

 c1987. Colour lithograph,

76.4 x 102.1cm.
Rockmelons was an Australian pop/R&B groupformed in 1983. The band had two Top 5 singles, both sung by Deni Hines. Bornin Broken Hill, award-winning cartoonist 
Matthew Martin provided illustrationsin the 1980s for the |Sydney Morning Herald, National Times, The AustralianFinancial Review,| and |The Sun Herald.| During this time, Martin was also adesigner for Mambo. Moving to New York, Martin freelanced as an illustrator formost major American newspapers and magazines including |The New York Times,Time| magazine, and |Rolling Stone| during the 1990s. He returned to Sydney in2001, continuing to work for major Australian, UK and USA newspaper andmagazines. In 2007 he was a finalist in the Dobell Prize for Drawing at the ArtGallery of NSW. 
 
McAlinden Tony view full entry
Reference: see South Dublin Auction, UK, 7th Jan 2024, lot 81: A fabulous Tony McAlinden - SOS (Australian contemporary) oil on board painting titled 'On the Greenough, WA'. Features a stunning impressionistic landscape with lilac sky. Signed SOS bottom left and dating to 1990. Housed in a molded gilt frame.
As a Benedictine Monk, McAlinden worked from the Monastery at New Norcia where he developed his skills in oils. His experience of the contemplative life as a monk drew his eye to the intense colours of the Australian bush. He naturally became interested by the impressionist school and prefers to work in landscape and architecture.
Olley Normanview full entry
Reference: see Jasper 52 auction, NY, lot 96: Jan 2024.
Title: The Small Chapel In ''Flinders Ranges'' , South Australia
Description: Artist/ School: Norman A.Olley (British, 20th Century) dated 1990 and inscribed verso Title - Chapel In The Flinders Ranges Medium: gouache/watercolour/ ink/ pencil on artist paper, unframed Painting : 6 x 8 inches Provenance: all the paintings we have by this artist have come from a private collection in England. Condition: The painting is in overall very good and sound condition.
Details: Creator: 
Norman A Olley
Dimensions: 
Height: 15.24 cm (6 in)Width: 20.32 cm (8 in)
Medium: 
Gouache,Pencil,Ink,Watercolour
Movement & Style: 
Victorian
Period: 
19th Century
Condition: 
Excellent


Reserve: $1,795.00

Shipping:
Domestic: Shipping rates are determined by destination
International: Foreign shipping rates are determined by destination. International shipping may be subject to VAT.
Combined shipping: Please ask about combined shipping for multiple lots before bidding.
Location: This item ships from the United Kingdom.

Your purchase is protected:
Photos, descriptions, and estimates were prepared with the utmost care by a fully certified expert and appraiser. All items in this sale are guaranteed authentic.

In the rare event that the item did not conform to the lot description in the sale, Jasper52 specialists are here to help. Buyers may return the item for a full refund provided you notify Jasper52 within 5 days of receiving the item.
Buyer's Premium
15%
Havekes-Walker Louiseview full entry
Reference: see Havekes, Painter, Sculptor, Ceramicist. By Gavin Fry. Foreword by John Olsen. With list of exhibitions, commissions, bibliography, chronoilogy, [’'Gerard Havekes was outrageously big in every way he was a mighty, creative force. A big, tall man, who commanded attention by his very presence, a man who embraced life with gusto. Wherever he went he would inevitably, naturally dominate the space, ruling over his domain at home or in his work space with authority, charming his clients or entertaining gatherings of friends, students, artists, architects, writers, academics. He was like a magnet, a true artist with a European heart, an impressive knowledgeable speaker, a mighty creative force. Arrogant, intelligent, opinionated, and always interesting, one certainly couldn't ignore his presence. His deep voice, with its heavy Dutch overtones would resonate, dominating the conversation, as he freely expressed his views on the unimpressive state of the arts in Australia, while delighting us with his extensive knowledge of the arts and literature world-wide, his political and historical awareness, and fascinated us with stories of his extraordinary war experience in Indonesia and Holland.' This is how Babette Hayes describes Gerard Havekes whom she met in 1968 and became a great friend. Havekes had already established himself in the Australian art world with some remarkable constructions. He arrived in Australia in 1950 from Indonesia and by 1953 he was exhibiting in the Blake and Archibald Prizes. He acquired many loyal friends from all parts of the world, including John Olsen who has written the foreword to this book. Gavin Fry's text places Havekes in exciting times, both for Australian art and the broader nation, in the boom years after World War Two. The evolution of this multi-talented artist, who was accorded a Retrospective in 1981 at the prestigious Philips Centre in Eindhoven, highlights the diversity and cultural richness that European migration brought to Australia. The book covers the many phases in Havekes' work, finishing with the masterly fountain he made in 1999 for a private house, his last and probably greatest work. AUTHOR: Gavin Fry is a writer, artist and art historian, the author of more than twenty books on Australian art and history. Recently retired after a lifetime working in Australian museums and educational institutions, he has specialised in the art of the twentieth century, maritime painting and the depiction of Australians at war. His books include monographs on Albert Tucker, Rick Amor and Margaret Woodward.’]
Publishing details: Beagle Press, 2020, hc, dw, 168pp.
Olsen Johnview full entry
Reference: see Havekes, Painter, Sculptor, Ceramicist. By Gavin Fry. Foreword by John Olsen. With list of exhibitions, commissions, bibliography, chronoilogy, [’'Gerard Havekes was outrageously big in every way he was a mighty, creative force. A big, tall man, who commanded attention by his very presence, a man who embraced life with gusto. Wherever he went he would inevitably, naturally dominate the space, ruling over his domain at home or in his work space with authority, charming his clients or entertaining gatherings of friends, students, artists, architects, writers, academics. He was like a magnet, a true artist with a European heart, an impressive knowledgeable speaker, a mighty creative force. Arrogant, intelligent, opinionated, and always interesting, one certainly couldn't ignore his presence. His deep voice, with its heavy Dutch overtones would resonate, dominating the conversation, as he freely expressed his views on the unimpressive state of the arts in Australia, while delighting us with his extensive knowledge of the arts and literature world-wide, his political and historical awareness, and fascinated us with stories of his extraordinary war experience in Indonesia and Holland.' This is how Babette Hayes describes Gerard Havekes whom she met in 1968 and became a great friend. Havekes had already established himself in the Australian art world with some remarkable constructions. He arrived in Australia in 1950 from Indonesia and by 1953 he was exhibiting in the Blake and Archibald Prizes. He acquired many loyal friends from all parts of the world, including John Olsen who has written the foreword to this book. Gavin Fry's text places Havekes in exciting times, both for Australian art and the broader nation, in the boom years after World War Two. The evolution of this multi-talented artist, who was accorded a Retrospective in 1981 at the prestigious Philips Centre in Eindhoven, highlights the diversity and cultural richness that European migration brought to Australia. The book covers the many phases in Havekes' work, finishing with the masterly fountain he made in 1999 for a private house, his last and probably greatest work. AUTHOR: Gavin Fry is a writer, artist and art historian, the author of more than twenty books on Australian art and history. Recently retired after a lifetime working in Australian museums and educational institutions, he has specialised in the art of the twentieth century, maritime painting and the depiction of Australians at war. His books include monographs on Albert Tucker, Rick Amor and Margaret Woodward.’]
Publishing details: Beagle Press, 2020, hc, dw, 168pp.
Photographyview full entry
Reference: Isee ntersections: Photography, History and the National Library of Australia, by Helen Ennis. [’The National Library holds more than 600,000 photographs in its Pictures Collection. This large collection of images is contemporary, diverse, exciting, historic, whimsical and unexpected, embodying the challenge and pathos of history and the extraordinary dimensions of memory. Now, in this first representative survey of the Library's photographic holdings, Helen Ennis introduces us to Australia from the 1840s to the present as we have never seen it before - at peace and at war, and in all of its splendour and ordinary dailiness, as seen through the cameras of Charles Bayliss, Samuel Sweet, Olive Cotton, May and Minna Moore, Peta Hill, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Max Dupain, Philip Gostelow, Raymond de Berquelle, Wolfgang Sievers and many more.’]
Publishing details: National Library of Australia, 2004, pb, 287pp
Petrou George view full entry
Reference: The Art of Sacrifice, by George Petrou. Over 70 portraits, 63 stories. ‘Haunting and poignant, this collection of portraits from renowned Melbourne artist, George Petrou portrays a spirit like no other - the Anzac spirit. Australians from all walks of life have served our great nation with gallantry and sacrifice - ordinary people who displayed mateship, resilience and devotion to duty. The Art of Sacrifice captures the spirit of service in a fitting tribute to all Anzacs of every generation. Using images of the past and the stories of today, the artist travels Australia and overseas to connect the past and the present in a unique, powerful and evocative collection of outstanding portraits. The Art of Sacrifice is a stunning contribution to the understanding and commemoration of all those who have served our great country.’
Publishing details: Big Sky Publishers, hc, 400pp.
Ref: 1000
Cooke Kazview full entry
Reference: The Arts of Beauty & Hints to Gentlemen on the Art of Fascinating, by Kaz Cooke. ‘Lola Montez was the greatest show-off on earth. Born in 1818, she was famous for being rowdy, wicked and gorgeous. She travelled to all corners of the earth, seducing royalty, performing sexy dances and throwing tantrums. She drove men mad with a glimpse of her breasts and horsewhipped those who insulted her, including an Australian reporter. In this smart and hilarious guide to beauty, first published in 1858, Lola Montez offers a bizarre series of hints on everything from make-up to hair disasters. And she has a word or two of indispensable advice for men who want to seduce women. With her marvellous cartoons and introduction to Lola's life, Kaz Cooke has paid homage to the original Modern Girl. If you've ever wondered whether squeezing orange juice into your eyes will brighten them, or tried to charm a girl by peering down her cleavage, The Arts of Beauty is the book for you.’
Publishing details: Hardback, Number of Pages: 160
Ref: 1000
Platypiview full entry
Reference: Platypi: Celebrating The Best Australian And New Zealand Contemporary Illustration. Cover by Rebecca Mills. [’Platypi: Celebrating The Best Australian And New Zealand Contemporary Illustration is a collection of illustrations from various Australian and New Zealand illustrators. It was published by Illustrators Australia in 2018.’]
Publishing details: Illustrators Australia, 2018, pb.
Ref: 1009
Contemporary Jewellers in Australia and New Zealandview full entry
Reference: Contemporary Jewellers in Australia and New Zealand, by Patricia Anderson. Exploring the distinction between contemporary art jewellery and manufactured retail and costume jewellery, this work concentrates on the practice of contemporary art jewellery in Australia and New Zealand. The author argues that in Australia there is no identifiable "type" of contemporary work flourishing at the expense of another and it is possible to talk about a national style. However, she asserts that this is not the case in New Zealand where much of the finest work being made has an immediate and identifiable flavour. The book examines some of the more interesting offerings from the Australian and New Zealand scene in order to provide a background to developments in both countries and to place the work within the context of the fine arts.
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 1998, hc, 192pp.
Ref: 1000
Bresciani Diview full entry
Reference: A New Look at Australian Light, by Di Bresciani. [’Musician and visual artist Di Bresciani's first book explored the synchronicities of colour and sound as they were referenced in her paintings at that time. Di Bresciani: A New Look at Australian Light concentrates on light and its importance to so many aspects of human sensory perception. Even more particularly, Bresciani's recent paintings, with their colours and compositional rhythms, are based on the perceptions of Australian light as the artist has experienced it.   "A view of Australian light that is subtle and changing, a light that transforms colours and landscape in delicate, fleeting and subtle ways. It contrasts totally with the harshness of bright sunlight at other times of day. The light around dawn and sunset is endlessly nuanced and changing. These moments often have a transcendent quality to them. As the light changes, our perceptions and emotions respond differently. This is where my art lives." Di Bresciani July 2022   With almost 200 vibrant colour reproductions of the paintings and their details, this volume serves as a potent revelation of Australian light caught in its many moods and transposed by the artist into her unique abstractions.   Introduced by Dr Gerard Vaughan AM, previously Director of the National Gallery of Victoria and the National Gallery of Australia; and with opening chapters by Deirdre Cannon of the National Gallery of Australia, the book traces Di Bresciani's career as an artist with special reference to recent work. In addition, the artist herself has contributed five chapters explaining how light features in Australia's history of art and the broader historical and cultural context. Further texts have been provided by Piers Lane AO, Pam Kershaw and Merron Jean Kirby OAM; and representatives of the Royal Over-Seas League in Australia and Over-Seas, and University College, the University of Melbourne. An unusual feature of this richly illustrated publication is the reproduction of details of the paintings that focus on the way in which elements of light have been woven into the abstracted landscapes. This development in Di Bresciani's painting technique is dependent on her immediate perceptions of light and allows us a view into her unique look at Australian light.’]
Publishing details: Hardie Grant, 2022, hc, 256pp
Ref: 1000
Bulletin The and artistsview full entry
Reference: see Archibald Paradox by Sylvia Lawson.
he early Sydney Bulletin, 'a parade of expressive tricks and marvels', came out of the vociferous clamour that was the late nineteenth-century press—British radical weeklies, battling American dailies, lively news sheets from bush towns and goldfields.
Turning up every week in its violent pink cover—'half Australia writes it', they said, 'all Australia reads it'—the Bulletin was the Great Print Circus: 'a better book' said one of its veterans 'than any of the books that came out of it'.
In this remarkable study of the Bulletin and its founding editor , J. F. Archibald, Sylvia Lawson provides a provocative re-interpretation of the legendary 1880s and 1890s, looking at the dark side of the circus as well as its high entertainment.
Publishing details: Penguin, 1983, hc, 304pp
Stone Sarah view full entry
Reference: see Wonderlust: the influence of natural history illustration and ornamentation on perceptions of the exotic in Australia, by Nicola Jan Dickson. Dissertation presented in partial fulfilment of the requirements of the Doctor of Philosophy, Research School of Humanities and the Arts
School of Art, ANU
Publishing details: ANU, c2010 [may be available online]
Bauer Ferdinand view full entry
Reference: see Wonderlust: the influence of natural history illustration and ornamentation on perceptions of the exotic in Australia, by Nicola Jan Dickson. Dissertation presented in partial fulfilment of the requirements of the Doctor of Philosophy, Research School of Humanities and the Arts
School of Art, ANU
Publishing details: ANU, c2010 [may be available online]
Parkinson Sydney view full entry
Reference: see Wonderlust: the influence of natural history illustration and ornamentation on perceptions of the exotic in Australia, by Nicola Jan Dickson. Dissertation presented in partial fulfilment of the requirements of the Doctor of Philosophy, Research School of Humanities and the Arts
School of Art, ANU
Publishing details: ANU, c2010 [may be available online]
Charvet Jean-Gabriel view full entry
Reference: see Wonderlust: the influence of natural history illustration and ornamentation on perceptions of the exotic in Australia, by Nicola Jan Dickson. Dissertation presented in partial fulfilment of the requirements of the Doctor of Philosophy, Research School of Humanities and the Arts
School of Art, ANU
Publishing details: ANU, c2010 [may be available online]
Dufour Joseph view full entry
Reference: see Wonderlust: the influence of natural history illustration and ornamentation on perceptions of the exotic in Australia, by Nicola Jan Dickson. Dissertation presented in partial fulfilment of the requirements of the Doctor of Philosophy, Research School of Humanities and the Arts
School of Art, ANU
Publishing details: ANU, c2010 [may be available online]
Phelippeaux Antoine engravingview full entry
Reference: see Wonderlust: the influence of natural history illustration and ornamentation on perceptions of the exotic in Australia, by Nicola Jan Dickson. Dissertation presented in partial fulfilment of the requirements of the Doctor of Philosophy, Research School of Humanities and the Arts
School of Art, ANU
Publishing details: ANU, c2010 [may be available online]
Aubert L engravingview full entry
Reference: see Wonderlust: the influence of natural history illustration and ornamentation on perceptions of the exotic in Australia, by Nicola Jan Dickson. Dissertation presented in partial fulfilment of the requirements of the Doctor of Philosophy, Research School of Humanities and the Arts
School of Art, ANU
Publishing details: ANU, c2010 [may be available online]
Wendt J M Silver and emu egg presentation inkstandview full entry
Reference: see Wonderlust: the influence of natural history illustration and ornamentation on perceptions of the exotic in Australia, by Nicola Jan Dickson. Dissertation presented in partial fulfilment of the requirements of the Doctor of Philosophy, Research School of Humanities and the Arts
School of Art, ANU
Publishing details: ANU, c2010 [may be available online]
Henry Lucien - Sternocarpus panel and Dado Design, c. 1889view full entry
Reference: see Wonderlust: the influence of natural history illustration and ornamentation on perceptions of the exotic in Australia, by Nicola Jan Dickson. Dissertation presented in partial fulfilment of the requirements of the Doctor of Philosophy, Research School of Humanities and the Arts
School of Art, ANU
Publishing details: ANU, c2010 [may be available online]
Gilkes Factoryview full entry
Reference: see Wonderlust: the influence of natural history illustration and ornamentation on perceptions of the exotic in Australia, by Nicola Jan Dickson. Dissertation presented in partial fulfilment of the requirements of the Doctor of Philosophy, Research School of Humanities and the Arts
School of Art, ANU
Publishing details: ANU, c2010 [may be available online]
Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacificview full entry
Reference: Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, by Geoffrey Barker. (MA Thesis).
This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the
Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century.
Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge
but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Acland, W. A. D. Captain Active 1883 biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Photography in the Pacificview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, by Geoffrey Barker. (MA Thesis).
This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the
Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century.
Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge
but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Pacific images - photographyview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, by Geoffrey Barker. (MA Thesis).
This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the
Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century.
Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge
but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Andrew, Thomas 1855-1939 biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Ansdell, Gerrard Active about 1881 biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Ansdell, Gerrard view full entry
Reference: A Trip to the Highlands of Viti Levu,1882, by Gerrard Ansdell, with photographs by the author.
Ref: 1000
Antonio, Frere Active around 1890 biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Armand Leon active about 1856 biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Bailley, Henry Hall biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Balfour G biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Beattie J W biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Bell George active c1890 biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Bevan, Theodore active 1884-1888 biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Bice, Rev. Charles active about 1885 biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Boake, Barcroft Capel active about 1879 biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Bourdais, Eugene active about 1858 biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Brown, Rev. George active 1875 to 1905 biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Burton Brothers active 1856 to 1898 biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Cambridge and Torres Strait Island Expedition info and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Candelot, Albert active about 1865 biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Chapuy, Andre active about 1865 biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Cherry, George biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Cusack-Smith, Sir Thomas Berry biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

David, Paula biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

David Tannatt Wiliam Edgeworth biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Davis J biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Dufty, Francis Herbert biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Dyer, Augustine biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Espiegle HMS Photographers referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Fellows, Rev. S B biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Goode, Bemard biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Gray, Rev. William biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

De Greslan, Evenor biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Haddon, Alfred Cort biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Hedemann, Christian J.biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Hoare, Mrs. S. biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Hughan, Allan Ramsay Cunningham biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Itier, Alphonse-Eugene-Jules biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Kerr, Henry biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Kerry, Charles biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

King Henry biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Kubary J. S. biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Lawes, Rev. William George biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Lawrie, Rev. James Hay biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Lindt, John William (1845-1926) biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Martin, Josiah biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Miot, Paul Emile biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Montgomery, Bishop H. H. biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Moresby, Matthew Fortescue biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Newland,J W. biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Neuhan, Dr. biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

North, Frederick biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Onslow, Arthur Alexander Walton biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Paine John HMS Espiegle photographerview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Phillips ? HMS Espiegle photographerview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Perry ? HMS Espiegle photographerview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Potteau, Philippe biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Seligman, Charles G biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Shaw,James H biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Smith, G biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Somerville Boyle T biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Still, Rev. J biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Strong, Joseph biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Tattersall Alfred John biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Thurston, John Bates biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Waiter, Carl (Charles)biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Witkin, Anthony biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Witson, James Glen biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Woodford, Charles Morris biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Wortley, Colonel Stuart biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Field, Henry? biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Glenny, Henry? biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Harrison, J. Park biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Hart, E. biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Hore, Edward biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Hutchinson, John biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Huxley, Thomas Henry biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

McCormick, Rohert biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Montefiore, Octavius Levi biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Moss, F rederick J biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Peace, James biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Pulrnan, Elizabeth and George biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Rowell, Wilfred biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Gaul, John ? biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Bowden Collection photographs Macleay Museumview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Bums Philp and Company Collection photographsview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Bums Philp and Company Collection photographsview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Chanter, Thomas Scott biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Curacoa HMS Photographer biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Goldfinch, Henry biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Hope, Captain Charles, W biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Huegel, Baron Anatole von biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.


First | Previous | Record 151001 – 152000 of 158397 | Next | Last